The Nexus Of Evil (A Pre-emptive Strike On Humanity)

By Philip Jones

2 Aug 2009

Part 1
Part 2
Part 3
Part 4
Part 5
Part 6
Part 7
Part 8
Part 9
Part 10

(Diagram by Ivor Benson.)
 
 Part 1

"It is almost a joke now in the Western world, in the 20th century, to use words like 'good and 'evil'. They have become almost old fashioned concepts, but they are very real and genuine concepts. These are concepts from a sphere which is higher than us. And instead of getting involved in base, petty, short-sighted political calculations and games. We have to recognize that the concentration of world Evil and the tremendous force of hatred is there and it's flowing from there throughout the world. And we have to stand up against it and not hasten to give to it, give to it, give to it, every-thing that it wants to swallow."
-- Alexander Solzhenitsyn
 
Introduction:
 
It was in 2006 that I was finally able to identify those factors which had, during the course of my lifetime, turned what we call western society into little more than a `virtual prison,` the true and complete nature of which had previously been largely invisible to me. For perhaps two decades, I had felt a `nagging` discomforting sense that something wasn't quite right. But like most everyone else, I had imagined the prevailing social conditions to have evolved benignly and naturally, rather than having been orchestrated and then manipulated into being. In truth, the journey towards this discovery took some twenty six years, from my early days in the Police Force in London, to my relocation to Denmark in 1996, and then to that moment when, some three years ago, the shocking truth hit me like a hammer across the head!
 
It became apparent that since the day I was born (1958), the reality of my very existence had been indirectly controlled and dictated by a conspiratorial group of super rich and powerful individuals, working behind the scenes, manipulating the events which shaped all our lives, creating chaos all around, causing reactions from the unsuspecting majority, which then in turn enabled them to advance their nefarious agenda, by responding with their `ready made` solutions. Solutions carefully designed to advance the imposition of a Global State.
 
By making diabolical use of the Hegelian Dialectic, these conspirators have slowly but surely brought us all to the point of no return. With the much vaunted and somehow expected `Swine Flu` epidemic acting as thesis, and the world wide mandated vaccination programme and the resulting mayhem as antithesis, the desired synthesis could well be the dialectical catalyst which inaugurates the Luciferians long held dream of a New World Order; Global solutions for global problems!
 
The decision is ours now. Do we simply acquiesce? Do we go quietly into the night? Do we stand or do we fall?
 
For most of last year, as the information and knowledge which finally put most pieces of the `jigsaw puzzle` into place, came to me like an avalanche and I strived to disseminate that knowledge by writing articles. Many articles, which, through www.rense.com along with some local sites, were, judging by the international response I received, read throughout the `English speaking world,` and to a lesser degree, here at `home.' My writing brought me into contact with some exceptional and gifted individuals, nowhere more so than in Denmark, the small Northern European Country which has been my home for eleven out of the past thirteen years.
 
What may come as a surprise to many reading this article, is that of those people here in Denmark, who responded positively to my writing, many were Muslim. Through these contacts, I was able to consolidate that knowledge of the Islamic faith, I had gained whilst working in London, and learned to further appreciate how the followers of that system of belief viewed the world around them. Of course, very many Muslims are, just like their counterparts in Christianity, oblivious to what is generally termed the `Global Conspiracy.` But I also found among them some very aware, knowledgeable and sincere
individuals who like myself, understood that there was serious trouble on the horizon[7].
The truth is that we have more in common than most realise, and they, (Muslims) like the rest of us, have been abused and manipulated, herded even, into situations which suit no one except the Illuminists.
 
Having largely de-constructed Christianity here in the West, the Illuminati are now using the same tried and tested methods on the Islamic world, knowing that the only thing which stands between them and total victory, is Islam, along with those few steadfast believers who still remain faithful to the Christian faith.
 
So what can we do?
 
Edmund Burke wrote this over a century ago on the subject of State Tyranny:
"All that is necessary for evil to triumph is for good men to do nothing".
 
Prophetic words indeed and particularly pertinent to the age we now live in. Have people ever been more apathetic, more indifferent to their fate than they are today? Locked into a `mind prison` created by the illusion of affluence and instant gratification, humanity, at least here in the west, appears to have abdicated all responsibility to the `Professionals.` The Politicians, Judges, Lawyers, Bankers, Doctors and Professors, and look where this irresponsibility has led us. To the brink of a `Fourth Reich` [5] much more terrible than the previous attempt at World Dictatorship, as it has been done with the apparent consent of `we the people` in the guise of democratic elections. We have actually given our enemies permission to go ahead and enslave us.
 
In the movie `The Matrix,' the Morpheous character says this:
 
"The Matrix is a system, Neo, and that system is our enemy. When you are inside, you look around, what do you see? Businessmen, teachers, lawyers, carpenters, the very minds of the people we are trying to save. But until we do, these people are part of that system and that makes them our enemies. You have to understand most of these people are not ready to be unplugged. And many are so...hopelessly dependent on the system that they will fight to protect it."
 
Exactly!
 
But my point is this: the primary means by which they defeat us is the old `divide and conquer.` By the relentless propagation of feminism, they have divided man from his mate, and by the use of a massive anti-Islam propaganda campaign, especially since the 9/11 `False Flag Op,` have set Muslim against Christian.
 
We must be ever aware that the Muslims and Christians I refer to here, are not those Masonic `fifth columnists` machinating and plotting within those faiths, whose sole loyalty is to Lucifer and who further the Illuminist Agenda by playing the `Agent Provocateur.` No! I speak of those who, with a pure heart, worship the same creator and try to live good and decent lives, despite all the evil which seems to pervade all of life these days. They may call him by a different name, Allah, Jehovah or Yahweh, and yes, there are certain differences in doctrine. But still, these faithful men and women have far more which binds them than which separates them. And it is that which we have in common which we must now focus on. For the sake of humanity, let it be so.
 
The famous Lucius Cassius, whom the Roman people used to regard as a very honest and wise judge, was in the habit of asking, time and again, ` Cui Bono` or 'To whose benefit?'
Who has benefited from the turbulence and fracture we have witnessed in the aftermath of 9/11? Certainly not those who live in the in the Islamic world, nor those of us here in the west, who have seen our societies developing into Police States as ever more of our personal freedoms are removed, all in the name of national security.
 
The only beneficiaries that I can see are those working within the Illuminati, in the furtherance of what Alice Bailey [6]termed `The Plan.`
The Clash Of Civilisations:
 
September 11th, 2001, provided the elite cabal known as the `Illuminati` with the opportunity to finally put into motion the plan devised by the Freemason Albert Pike,[3] and written about more recently by Samuel Huntington in his book, `The Clash of Civilizations, A Global War Against Islam.` As William Engdahl pointed out:
"If the Bush administration had been unprepared for the shock of September 11, 2001, they certainly wasted no time in preparing their response, the war on terror. Terror was to replace communism as the new global image of "the enemy."
 
On September 18, 2001, Niaz Niak, the former Pakistani foreign secretary, told the BBC he had been informed by senior US officials at a mid-July 2001 Berlin meeting, that "military action against Afghanistan would go ahead by the middle of October." Ultimately, the invasion of Afghanistan was a furtherance of the initial plans devised by Zbigniew Brzezinski to gain control over Central Asia.
 
In his book, `Terrorism And The Illuminati,`[4]Canadian author David Livingstone writes:
"Islam does not pose a threat to the West. It is the contrary that is correct. Islamic terrorist organizations are hotbeds of impostors in service of the West. It is well known that there are various dubious relationships that exist between Islamic radicals and Western powers. The truth is far more sinister. Islamic terrorists are connected with Western power through an intricate network of secret societies. While outwardly claiming to adhere to disparate religions, the Islamic terrorists follow a heretical version of the faith, ultimately rooted, like their counterparts in the West, in the same occult doctrine, the worship of Lucifer, and the belief in the use of religion as a disguise to deceive the masses."
 
Many researchers believe the Illuminati plan is to unleash a Third World War in the near future, from which will emerge their New World Order. This projected confrontation is being presented as a so called `Clash of Civilizations,` between the purportedly Democratic West and Islamic fundamentalism.
 
But does Islam really pose a threat to the west? The reality is that the Muslim world has been so weakened by its own internal corruption, along with the subversive activities of the Western powers that since the demise of the Ottoman Empire, the Muslim world has been in complete disarray, incapable of uniting to even represent Islam, let alone defend itself.
 
This fact was acknowledged by the primary architect of the fabricated threat: Zbigniew Brzezinski. As to whether or not Islam is a menace to the Western World today, he states:
 
"Nonsense! It is said that the West had a global policy in regard to Islam. That is stupid. There isn't a global Islam. Look at Islam in a rational manner and without demagoguery or emotion. It is the leading religion of the world with 1.5 billion followers. But what is there in common among Saudi Arabian fundamentalism, moderate Morocco, Pakistan militarism, Egyptian pro-Western or Central Asian secularism? Nothing more than what unites the Christian countries."
 
Therefore, in order to negatively prejudice Western consciousness against Islam, the Illuminati, through its control of the international intelligence agencies, has artificially fomented militancy throughout the Islamic world, by the creation of terrorist groups together with the propagation of the illusion of Islam's imagined competition with the not so `democratic` West.
 
Context And Perspective:
 
In my recent five part series, `To Kill A Tree,`[1] I outlined and discussed the Illuminati `Global Conspiracy` to create a New World Order, exposing their `Modus Operandi,` and then discussing the various `theatres` of operation within which their plans to introduce their world wide `prison state` are being driven towards their diabolically illogical conclusion.
 
In `Who Rules World?`[2] I introduced the reader to the historic, mythological and scriptural background to the Illuminati's `belief system` and thereby, the ideological basis upon which they justify their conviction of their own superiority over humankind. During the three parts in that series, I hypothesised that the true ruler of the world was in fact, the master adversary, Lucifer, and feel fairly satisfied that to all intents and purposes, I proved my case.
 
In this new series, I intend to explore a new concept of Alliance between Christians, Muslims and those followers of the Judaic faith, who are sick and tired of seeing their religion used as a justification for colonialist imperialism, mass slaughter and the insidious meddling in the affairs of sovereign states around the world, in order to further the Luciferian aims of the Illuminati, many of whose leading members hide their true spiritual allegiance behind the mask of Judaism.
 
But as always, before we can get to the solution, we must first review the problem.
 
An Age Of Conflict: The Historical Facts.
 
There are two kinds of knowledge: knowledge of the world outside ourselves, the macrocosm, and knowledge of the kingdom within, the microcosm, both of which are boundless. The better we know ourselves, the easier it will be to know the world; alternatively, the better we know the world around us, the easier it will be to know ourselves and understand our deepest and most enduring needs.
 
It is not more knowledge that we need for the purpose of strengthening our position as individuals, but only knowledge of a kind that holds together and makes sense. We need a coherent interpretation of the history of the age in which we live and an insight into what it is we must have, if we are to be physically well and in good spirits. The following paragraph from a book by three university historians, published in 1949, whose summations are entirely in accordance with the prophecy of Albert Pike [3], will serve as a starting point for an exploration of what they describe as "this age of conflict:"
 
"Two world wars and their intervening wars, revolutions and crises are now generally recognized to be episodes in a single age of conflict which began in 191l and has not yet run its course. It is an age that has brought to the world more change and tragedy than any other in recorded history. Yet, whatever may be its ultimate meaning and consequence, we can already think of it and write of it as a HISTORIC WHOLE. (1) (Emphasis added)."
 
An age of conflict that must be thought of `as a whole` must also be capable of being explained and understood as a whole; therefore, it is a highly condensed and simplified synopsis of the history of our times that we must have if the seemingly interminable succession of `episodes` of conflict and tragedy is to be seen as a whole and understood. The method I have chosen is to begin with a list of categorical statements which can be developed and expanded later and supported with an extensive bibliography. Here they are:
Our age of conflict is the product of a dark alliance of `magic,` money and intellect, with intellect almost invariably subordinate to and in the service of money, and money likewise being in the service of magic; The infernal forces of magic manipulating both money and intellect to it's will, with money being since the 20th century the primary overt source of it's visible power.
 
We need to identify the changes which have occurred in the realms of money and intellect. Changes which have made our age so different from all others in recorded history.
The change which has occurred in the realm of money is this: certain groupings of finance-capitalism which had been separate and nationally oriented were absorbed into a greater international `constellation` of finance-capitalism, serving a very different set of long-term interests.
 
The change which occurred in the realm of intellect is this: in the West, Christian orthodoxy was replaced by an ideology of socialism as the basis of a consensus intellectual frame of reference and system of values. This socialism or secular religion has given rise to what the psychologist Carl Gustav Jung has described as a "psychic epidemic" now afflicting the educated classes in the West.
 
The changes which heralded our century of conflict were first seen in South Africa in in the late 1890s, producing the Anglo-Boer war (the first of three great fratricidal wars in the west), the beginning of the end of the British Empire and the beginning of a new and unprecedented kind of world `imperium.`
 
These changes in money and intellect have drawn the peoples of the West into a dialectical trap, with money as thesis, socialism as antithesis and the new imperium as synthesis; money incessantly concentrates power, socialism promises the total dispersal and distribution of power; the resolution of this contradiction supplies the new imperium with its dynamic.

The process of the transference of financial power to the new imperium was only completed in the 1930s when J.P. Morgan and the great American pioneering families lost their dominance in Wall Street.
 
The immediate cause of the great increase in conflict all over the world: external interference with the natural hierarchical system or `pecking order` within and among AMONG ethnic groups, as everywhere states were set up and regimes established, which had no local or NATURAL right to exist. This interference by `third parties` is what makes episodes of conflict in the 20th century, and since quite different from conflicts in other ages, conferring on all of them a shared meaning.
 
All these developments are linked to the moral evil of a system of money creation and debt in which the nations of the West are at the same time offenders and victims.
We can therefore consider our age of conflict as one historic whole, but what reason do we have to believe that it is the product of a uniform and continuous set of identifiable causes?
 
Students of history can provide innumerable examples of major influences, baffling to all at the time of their occurrence, which yielded finally to quite simple elucidation and explanation. It is not only in history that events widely separated in space and time can be found to have a combined meaning. For example, a few years ago when over a period of many months there were visitations of freak weather all around the world, in many cases with disastrous consequences, the meteorologists were soon able to trace them all to a single cause or set of causes: they were able at least to show that the storms, floods, hurricanes, droughts, etc. belonged together and had an intelligible combined meaning.
 
Suffice to say, these meteorologists were not obstructed in their investigations by `no-go` areas of inquiry, of the kind to be expected by those who seek to understand worldwide events of freak `political` weather. If conflict is as easy to present and understand as spells of freak weather, we still have no reason to suppose that we shall find satisfying explanations, but we are encouraged to hope that where we see globally, over many decades, a recognizable pattern of evil consequences, we can expect to find evidence of a uniform pattern of causes. What is required is an interpretation of the history of the past one hundred and ten years or so, which will explain and render intelligible the major developments and changes which have occurred - changes which brought more conflict and tragedy than at any time previously in recorded history.
 
Tragedy And Hope:
 
Among the few history books in which any attempt has been made to interpret recent history as a whole are Oswald Spengler's `The Decline Of The West,` and Carroll Quigley's `Tragedy And Hope.`
 
Spengler's main contribution to historiography is his theory of the morphology of history in which he assigns to our present civilization in the West a condition of irreversible decline. Paradoxically, he does not regard this as a pessimistic view. One fact emerges very clearly in Spengler's analysis: What happened in the 20th century must be seen and studied as an alliance of money and
intellect with money, rather than pure politics, as the main moving power in world affairs. Quigley leaves many things unexplained - he may have done so intentionally - but he supports with a good deal of documentary evidence the thesis that much of what has happened in our century has been deliberately `Made To Happen.`
 
He offers us a conspiratorial theory of history involving a number of secret and semi-secret organizations like the Rhodes Scholarship Trust, the Round Table movement, the Royal Institute of' International Affairs and the American Council on Foreign Relations, all under the umbrella of what he calls an "Anglo-American network" of businessmen, educators, politicians and journalists.
 
Carol Quigley, who was a Professor of History and of International Relations at the Georgetown Foreign Service School, Washington DC, supplies much other well documented information which no one has yet tried to fit into a general inter-interpretation of the history of our century. His book, `Tragedy And Hope` was hastily withdrawn by its publishers, the Macmillan Company, almost certainly because it was found to have contributed too much to a fully coherent interpretation of the history of our time ­ much to the chagrin of those who prefer to work under a cloak of secrecy.
 
The theory that much of what has happened has been orchestrated and manipulated into being, is further supported by another consensus historian, Arnold Toynbee, not in his monumental `A Study Of History,` but in his other public utterances, of which the following example is taken from a paper read at the Fourth Annual Conference of the Institute for the Scientific Study of International Relations at Copenhagen in June 1931 (published in INTERNATIONAL AFFAIRS:)
 
"We are at present working discreetly but with all our might, to wrest this mysterious force called sovereignty out of the clutches of the local national states of our world. And all the time we are denying with our lips what we are doing with our hands, because to impugn the sovereignty of the local national states of the world is still a heresy for which a statesman or a publicist can be,
perhaps not quite burnt at the stake, but certainly ostracised and discredited."
 
Quite clearly, the denudation of the national states of much of their sovereignty during the 20th century represented for Quigley and Toynbee part of the progressive fulfillment of their ideal of an elaborately planned `Brave New World` to be raised on the flattened ruins of the old - for Quigley a world of `hope` with which to replace a world of `tragedy,` a world of planned revolutionary change to replace a disorderly world of slow revolutionary change.
 
So where and when did this `age of conflict` begin? The three co-authors quoted above maintain that it began in 1914 with World War I; but there are sound reasons to believe that in truth, it began earlier with the Anglo- Boer War of 1898-1902, which we can now recognise clearly, as being the `beginning of the end` of the British Empire and the inauguration of another imperium of a far more mysterious kind.
 
The Anglo Boer War:
 
If we agree that our `Age of Conflict` began with the Anglo- Boer War, then it is in South Africa that we may have the best chance of seeing more clearly the crucial historical change that was to spark off a great chain reaction of change involving the whole world. Prior to that time, the record of the British Empire had been one of continuous progress, marred only by the ostensible loss of the American colonies. Great Britain had `out paced` all it's rivals in the 19th century's scramble for colonial possessions, and could boast by the turn of the 20th century to possess an `empire on which the sun never set.`
 
However, things were about to change. The Afrikaners ­ or Boers, as they were called, who had `trekked` from Britain's Cape Colony into South Africa's virtually unpopulated hinterland, found themselves the owners of the world's richest gold fields. Therefore, the subsequent zeal displayed by British `race-nationalists,` like Cecil John Rhodes and Alfred Milner, to add the new Boer Republic of the Transvaal to the British Empire, which when placed in context, is totally characteristic. In fact, considering the climate of thought and sentiment prevailing at that time, not to have done so with such a valuable prize at stake, would have been virtually unthinkable.
 
The Boer War proved unexpectedly costly both in lives and money. Britain succeeded in adding to its empire both the Transvaal and its ally in the struggle, the Orange Free State republic, but all this happened in circumstances mysteriously different from those that had attended all previous imperial conquests. The British people themselves had been sharply divided on the issue, until the first shots were fired by the Boers. General Sir William Butler, then Commander- in-Chief of British forces in South Africa and one of the empire's most loyal servants, had voiced his opposition to the prospect of war against the Boers in the sternest of terms. It was also a war which gave rise to a greater outpouring of false communication than at any other in British colonial history.
 
In his book, `The War In South Africa: J.A. Hobson writes:
 
"We are fighting in order to place a small international oligarchy of mine-owners and speculators in power in Pretoria. Englishmen would do well to recognize that the economic and political destinies of South Africa are, and seem likely to remain, in the hands of men most of whom are foreigners by origin whose trade is finance and whose trade interests are not British."
 
Thomas Pakenham, in his book, THE BOAR WAR, published in 1979, concurred and had this to say about the causes of that war:
 
"First there is a thin golden thread woven by the 'gold bugs', the Rand millionaires who controlled the richest mines in the world. It has been hitherto assumed by historians that none of the 'gold bugs' was directly concerned in making the war. But directly concerned they were ... I have found evidence of an informal alliance between Sir Alfred Milner, the High Commissioner, and the firm of Wernher-Beit, the dominant Rand mining house. It was this alliance, I believe, that gave Milner the strength to precipitate the war."
 
Among the financial pioneers were Englishmen Rhodes, Rudd and J.B. Robinson. These had all made their fortunes in South Africa, but the others, "the small group of international financiers, chiefly German in origin and Jewish in race," were wealthy when they arrived in the country and had appeared to have access to limitless funds in Europe, including the German Dresdner Bank, believed to be largely owned by `Wernher Beit.` Cecil Rhodes turned to the London Rothschild's for money with which to buy out his rivals and gain complete control of the diamond industry in Kimberley.
 
General Sir William Butler was emphatic about who he considered to be the decisive sources of power and motivation in precipitating the war, `the train-layers` setting the political gunpowder, as he called them. In a despatch to the War Office in June 1899 he wrote:
 
"If the Jews were out of the question, it would be easy enough to come to an agreement, but they are apparently intent upon plunging the country into civil strife ... indications are too evident here to allow one to doubt the existence of strong undercurrents, the movers of which are bent upon war at all costs for their own selfish ends."
 
Noticed by few, and understood by fewer, effective control of the British Empire, at a decisive point in history, had momentarily passed out of British hands. Or, put another way, the centre of gravity of real power in the world had shifted significantly. That was the `mysterious` change that was to inaugurate a chain reaction of more change, initially for the British Empire and then for the whole world. More precisely, it was the first clear sign of the commencement of a process of change in the realm of finance-capitalism which was not to be complete before the middle of the 1930s.
 
The other changes which occurred are less readily noticeable. One of the most important of these being radical transformational changes in warfare methodology. It was at this point and time in human history that the human mind itself became a battleground for warring interests as never before.
 
Political Warfare:
 
Von Clausewitz's `war by other means` - there has always been but never before on the scale practised after the turn of the 20th century. The use of `persuasion` as a means by which a population was made ready for war there had always been; but the world was to encounter in the late 1890s something unprecedented in the quantity and audacity of the lying propaganda that was used to drag the British people, evidently against their will, into the Anglo-Boer War.
 
This new evil, or the reintroduction of an older evil on a massive scale, came as a great shock to General Butler, who wrote this to the Colonial Secretary on December 18, 1898:
 
"All the political questions in South Africa and nearly all the information sent from Cape Town are being worked by what I have already described as a colossal syndicate for the spread of false information. South Africa presents a unique example of a large press, owned, controlled and operated by a small body of men with the direct aim of bringing about a conflict which shall serve their business interests."
 
For the purposes of this series, we need only mention a few of the major historic changes which ensued. They are: the Anglo-Boer War; the Two World Wars; the Bolshevik Revolution and the setting up of the Soviet Union as an industrial and military super-power; the dismantling of the colonial empires and conversion of the former colonies into new nations, few of them economically viable; the delivery of mainland China and other vast areas in the Far East to totalitarian socialist rule; the setting up of the United Nations with its innumerable agencies as the prototype of some form of world government; and the progressive undermining of the national sovereignty of all the Western nations.
 
In order to understand the forces at work which brought humankind to it's current woeful state, we need to examine what were those deep-seated changes in human affairs at the end of the 19th Century and beginning of the 20th Century, which gave rise to a worldwide chain-reaction of conflict and catastrophe.
 
In Part Two, I will try to show how these deep-rooted changes occurred primarily in two quite separate realms; those of money and intellect, and how this `Nexus Of Evil,` in the service of the darkest of forces, has here in the first decade of the 21st Century, built a global control grid around all our lives, and how by using its hegemony over money, politics, religion, the media, big business, and education, has subverted culture, rewritten history, falsified science and manipulated and coerced humanity to the very precipice of disaster.
 
 
Comments to : true_brit58@hotmail.co.uk or directly to http://righteousalliance.blogspot.com/2009/08/nexus-of-evil-pre-emptive-strike-on.html  
 
 
Reference:
 1] http://righteousalliance.blogspot.com/2009/07/to-kill-tree-part-one.html
 2] http://righteousalliance.blogspot.com/2009/07/who-rules-worldthe-origin-of-evil.html
 3] http://www.rense.com/general86/pikeknew.htm
 4] http://www.terrorism-illuminati.com/node/35
 5] http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/sociopolitica/rise_fourthreich/rise_fourthreich.htm
 6] http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/sociopolitica/esp_sociopol_lucytrust.htm
 7] http://www.missionislam.com/nwo/index.htm
 
The Nexus Of Evil - Part 2
(Diagram by Ivor Benson.)

Real power is achieved when the ruling class controls the material essentials of life, granting and withholds them from the masses as if they were privileges; as George Orwell reflected:
 
"From the moment when the machine first made its appearance it was clear to all thinking people that the need for human drudgery, and therefore to a great extent for human inequality, had disappeared. If the machine were used deliberately for that end, hunger, overwork, dirt, illiteracy, and disease could be eliminated within a few generations But it was also clear that an all-around increase in wealth threatened the destruction... of a hierarchical society. In a world in which everyone worked short hours, had enough to eat, lived in a house with a bathroom and a refrigerator, and possessed a motorcar or even an air-plane, the most obvious and perhaps the most important form of inequality would already have disappeared. If it once became general, wealth would confer no distinction. Such a society could not long remain stable. For if leisure and security were enjoyed by all alike, the great mass of human beings who are normally stupefied by poverty would become literate and would learn to think for themselves; and when once they had done this, they would sooner or later realize that the privileged minority had no function, and they would sweep it away. In the long run, a hierarchical society was only possible on a basis of poverty and ignorance... It is deliberate policy to keep even the favoured groups somewhere near the brink of hardship because a general state of scarcity increases the importance of small privileges and thus magnifies the distinction between one group and another... The social atmosphere is that of a besieged city, where the possession of a lump of horseflesh makes the difference between wealth and poverty. "
 
Introduction.
 
In this second part in the series, I will show that around the turn of the 20th Century, manufactured deep-rooted changes occurred primarily in two quite separate realms; those of money and intellect, and how this alliance formed a `Nexus Of Evil,` which in it's service of the darkest forces of magic, has in this the first decade of the 21st Century, built a global control grid around our lives. And how by using what is nothing less than sorcery disguised as `New Age Metaphysics,` it has achieved complete hegemony over money, politics, religion, the media, big business, and education. It has subverted culture, rewritten history, falsified science, and by the expert use of the dialectical trap, has manipulated and coerced humanity into abject acquiescence and compliance, and is now preparing to deliver it's final blow which will plunge our world into a global conflagration of hitherto unimagined ferocity.
 
The precursors to this are the current financial crisis and quite probably, the expected `Swine flu` outbreak, which will, if informed forecasts and predictions are correct, open up the `Quarantine Camps,`[7] for those citizens who refuse the jab, and cause untold suffering for those who don't.
 
The Storm Centre.
 
So, continuing on, let us begin with an examination of the great change which took place in the world of money. It is highly significant that during the first years of the 20th century, a phenomenon appeared, that was to remain a conspicuous feature of the ensuing age of conflict, namely the concentration camp, a symbol of an expanded savagery in which civilians were joined with soldiers in the front line of every major conflict.
 
Towards the end of the 19th century, money began to acquire a new role and meaning in human affairs as economics began to prevail over politics. The two need to be clearly distinguished as sources of value, motivation and control at the elite level of leadership. Politics in its pure uncorrupted form, is a social function concerned with the welfare of a community, long-term as well as short-term, in which the requirements of economics, although always important, play only a supportive or secondary role.
 
Economic thinking, a mere department of political thinking, is concerned exclusively with the requirements of economic prosperity and progress. It assumes automatically that whatever is good for business is good for the community as a whole, an attitude of mind that excludes virtually all other considerations, and which today, to the detriment of humankind, can be witnessed to be the primary consideration for all governments.
 
What happened towards the end of the 19th century was, therefore, not a sudden occurrence; rather, it should be seen as a crucial stage, having been reached in a process which had continued slowly during most of the preceding century. Not only did the Anglo-Boer War signal the beginning of the end of the British Empire, it also marked the beginning of the end of national financial sovereignties across the Western world, a process that would culminate in the 1930s, when the `great` American pioneering families, headed by J.P. Morgan, were finally squeezed out of their dominating position on Wall Street.
 
In the relationship between politics and high finance, there subsisted a very complex state of affairs until shortly before the commencement of World War II, which can be briefly explained as follows:
 
There had existed for centuries within the national states of the Western world families or dynasties of bankers, like the Rothschilds, Warburgs, Montefiores, etc. who lent to governments and specialised in transactions across national frontiers, but these were never fully integrated as a system capable of controlling politics on an international scale. These concentrations of high finance, although always influential, lacked the power wholly to control the politics of the national states, but each remained an important part of a nationally oriented `constellation` of financial power.
 
This situation suited them well enough in the circumstances prevailing until the turn of the 20th Century. Yes, they were able to exert enormous influence, both nationally and internationally, but nothing like the almost omnipotent power they would later acquire. Paradoxically, despite the enormous lead which the Jewish banking dynasties had gained in international commerce, it was initially the `gentile` financiers with their ownership and access to the `cornucopia` of new wealth, plus their control of national politics, who first established high finance on a fully internationalized basis. The facts are supplied by Dr. Carroll Quigley:
 
"The apex of the system was to be the Bank of International Settlements in Basle, Switzerland, a private bank owned and controlled by the world's central banks which were themselves private corporations. Each central bank, in the hands of men like Montagu Norman of the Bank of England, Benjamin Strong of the New York Federal Reserve Bank, Charles Rist of the Bank of France, and Hjalmar Schacht of the Reichbank, sought to dominate its government by its ability to control Treasury bonds, to manipulate foreign exchanges, to influence the level of economic activity in the country, and to influence cooperative politicians by sub-sequent economic rewards in the business world." (Tragedy and Hope).
 
Quigley explains further that the Rothschild's had been pre-eminent during much of the 19th century, but at the end of that century "they were being replaced by J.P. Morgan", whose central office was in New York, although it operated as if it were in London "Where it had indeed originated as George Peabody and Company in I838."
 
The process by which the separate national concentrations of financial power were finally absorbed into a global concentration was not completed until the 1930s. This `Coup d'Etat` of money being the prime motor which produced among other consequences, the rise of the Third Reich in Germany, the outbreak of World War II, the subsequent involvement of the United States and Japan, and the construction up of a Marxist-Leninist People's Republic of China.
 
Professor Quigley[6] supplies many of the facts about the final shift in the centre of gravity of financial power, and his story begins with these ominous words:
 
"The third stage of capitalism is of such overwhelming significance in the history of the twentieth century, and its ramifications and influences have been so subterranean and even occult, that we may be excused if we devote considerable attention to its organization and methods."
 
The `story,` which has been assembled from a vast accumulation of documented facts, is one of a process of change in the United States, beginning before World War I, which Wilmot Robertson was later to describe as the "dispossession of the American majority", culminating in what Quigley calls "a shift on all levels, from changing tastes in newspaper comic strips . . . to profound change in the power nexus of the 'American Establishment'"
 
Since the 1880s the United States had been ruled from behind the scenes by a plutocracy supported by the fortunes of the American `bloodline` families; [8] Rockefeller, Carnegie, Vanderbilt, Mellon, Duke, Whitney, Ford, Du Pont, etc. - a power constellation with J.P. Morgan as its banking centre. This `Eastern Establishment` is described by Quigley as "high Episcopalian, Anglophile, internationalist, Ivy League, and European-culture-conscious", and was matched with a similar establishment on the other side of the Atlantic with Montagu Norman as its banking head. The two worked closely together and came to be known as the "Anglo- American Establishment."
 
Quigley documents the "decline of J.P. Morgan itself from its deeply anonymous status as a partnership (founded in 1861) to its transformation into an incorporated public company in 1940 to its final disappearance by absorption into its chief banking subsidiary, the Guaranty Trust Company, in 1959". Quigley writes "the less obvious implication of the shift in Wall Street was the realization by the Morgan group that it no longer had the votes on the Board of Trustees of Columbia University to nominate a successor to Dr. Nicholas Murray Butler, the retiring president."
 
The control of American higher education had by stealth been taken out of the hands of America's `Eastern Establishment` families, described by Quigley in the paragraph above, in a manner indicating that they were not Jewish, as Wall Street subsequently fell into the hands of the international financiers like a ripe plum. The battle having been fought and won in the realm of parliamentary politics by methods which are still standard practice in the Western world; these include the financing of party politics, the manipulation of public opinion through the medium of newspapers, radio, the cinema, the book trade, etc., plus the penetration, financing and manipulation of trade union movements.
 
This was a take-over exercise in which America s emerging secret rulers could draw on many centuries of accumulated expertise and experience as a nation struggling to survive in dispersion. The eclipse of the power of the great American Families first took the form of taxation laws, beginning with the graduated income tax in 1913 and culminating in the inheritance tax, which drove all the great family fortunes into the refuge of tax-exempt foundations. Morgan and his circle lost control of the Federal Government as one `money-and-intellect alliance` was subtly replaced by another. And the fact that a money-and-intellect alliance behaves in much the same way no matter who controls it made the change all the more difficult to detect.
 
The Morgan group dabbled in the politics of the radical left and lost no time in trying to get a foothold in Russia after the Bolshevik Revolution. But at this game they were no match for their Jewish rivals. The rival Wall Street elites may have been fuelled by the ideal and ambition of a `New World Order` but there the similarity ended.
 
The original American establishment, like its British opposite number, was for containing the Soviet Union and its socialist rulers, with a view to the ultimate absorption of the Russian empire into a New World Order to be raised on the foundations of the British Empire and which they, as inheritors of the Rhodes dream, would control. The other, the new Eastern Establishment. was for building up the Soviet Union as an industrial and military giant which would replace the British Empire as the foundation of a New World Order. These developments in the realm of finance capitalism and power politics came to a climax towards the end of the 1930s, coinciding with a considerable eruption all over the Western world of a social phenomenon misleadingly described as `anti-Semitism.`
 
In his book, `This Age Of Conflict,` Ivor Benson quotes Professor Hannah Arendt, who writes:
 
"Twentieth century political developments have driven the Jewish people into the storm centre of events . . . the Jewish question and anti-Semitism . . . became the catalytic agent first for the rise of the Nazi movement and the establishment of the organizational structure of the Third Reich . . . then for a world war of unparalleled ferocity. "`The Origins of Totalitarianism.`
 
Henry Ford, who for many years had been a fierce critic of the big bankers as being the natural enemies of private enterprise industry, was quick to draw a clear distinction between the house of Morgan, which he described as "constructive", and its rivals, whom he described as "warmongers". Morgan himself, like his opposite number in London, Montagu Norman, was known to dislike the Jews. The talks of Father Coughlin and writings of Father Denis Fahey, the frantic efforts of Charles Lindbergh to keep America out of the war, and the activities of Oswald Mosley and his Blackshirts in Britain, were all reactions to the appearance of the Jewish people in "the storm centre" of 20th century politics. What all these alarming developments mean is that a highly concentrated Jewish financial power was suddenly seen to be gaining ascendancy in the West.
 
The English Idea:
 
Another crucial aspect of the prevailing political reality evident during the last decades of the l9th century must now be more closely studied - namely, the thoughts about the future that were then circulating in the English ruling classes. Cecil John Rhodes [4]was one of the most potent men of action in all of English history, but he was also a visionary and dreamer, pictured by friend and foe as a Colossus bestriding the continent of Africa. Rhodes possessed an ability to inspire activity and loyalty in others which was in every manner proverbial. In the realm of pure thought, however, the unifying and energising agent was not Rhodes but John Ruskin,[5] a one time Slade Professor of Fine Arts at Oxford University, who had armed a generation of young Englishmen with an ideology of service having as its object the creation of a better and happier world. This was to be imagined as an extended application of the civilizing and humanizing concept of the British Empire; it was to be a fellowship of free and independent states held together by an abstract principle which came to be labelled the `English idea.`
 
The numinousity, or sense of magic, evoked by these ideas can be traced to a single cause: the ideology of a `Brave New World,` with ostensible order and welfare for all mankind, offered as a alternative, even replacement for a religious orthodoxy that had long since begun to crumble under the impact of a scientific `enlightenment;` there was in this ideal, something to restore to the existence of the intelligentsia class and its energetic scholars, a renewed sense of meaning, ideology, purpose and direction, and which moreover, quite ominously sanctified British imperial expansion and the personal advancement of all its servants.
 
So potent was this ideology as a secular religion that it won converts all over the Western world; even former leaders of the conquered Boers, including General Louis Botha, who was to be South Africa's first Prime Minister, and General Jan Christian Smuts, yielded to its psychic charm.
Practical measures to give effect to this political idealism took the form of a range of operations including the Rhodes Scholarship Trust, the semi-secret Round Table movement, the Royal Institute of International Affairs, the American Council on Foreign Relations, etc.
 
This was definitely a `White Supremacist` affair, invoking on both sides of the Atlantic a racial response. Ralph Durand, in a book about Oxford University published in 1909, wrote of "Cecil Rhodes of Oriel, the dreamer of great dreams ... Believing that the preservation of the peace of the world lay in the hands of men of Teuton blood, he made provision in his will for the founding at Oxford of scholarships that would be open to citizens of the British Empire, the German Empire and the United States"- OXFORD: ITS BUILDINGS AND GARDENS, published by Grant Richards, London.
 
The fatal flaw in this ideology does not belong to the art or science of politics, nor to that of high finance, but to an area of knowledge less readily accessible to exploration and discussion, namely, `Metaphysics` or more correctly, `Magic.` Quigley puts his hand on the key to that riddle: each of the central banks in the different national states, he says, "sought to dominate its government" and to "influence co-operative politicians by subsequent rewards in the business world".
 
What this means is that something had already gone awry in the West's national power structures ­ all of which had by this time incorporated a system of money creation and debt, a devilishly corrupting influence with implications of infinite complexity. Money had become progressively the measure of all things, with a `bloodline` ruling elite drawn less and less from the land and more and more from commerce and banking. Western nations had, in reality, become plutocracies, capable of maintaining themselves in power with a public opinion no longer sought nor consulted as before, but which was manufactured and manipulated as required by newspapers, patronage and other `rewards in the business world.`
 
Just such a conversion of money into public opinion and support was accomplished in Britain by Rhodes and Milner and their `gold bug` partners, having a total disregard for all or any moral considerations. Money had shown what money could do. There was, thus, an iron inevitability about the outcome of a struggle which the gentile financiers did not even see as a struggle.
 
An Alien High Finance.
 
Firmly united by long-range political aims, increasingly influenced the politics of the different national states and finally displayed the gentile financiers as managers of the new international banking structure. Those `educated` minds, conditioned by John Ruskin's secular ideology which called for a `new world` to be raised on the foundations of the British Empire, seem to have had no problems transferring their attachment and enthusiasm to the new ideology as set out by Marx and Engels.
 
Antony Sutton's trilogy, `Wall Street And The Bolshevik Revolution,` [1] Wall Street And The Rise Of Hitler,[2] and Wall Street And FDR,[3] contains a vast quantity of information but is more remarkable for what it omits. For that Which is omitted is precisely what Professor Hannah Arendt correctly describes as the "catalytic agent" in the "storm centre of events", namely, the role of the Jewish people in 2Oth century power politics.
 
Sutton maintains there is and always was only one "Wall Street Establishment", which he blames for the financing of the Bolshevik Revolution and later Hitler's rise to power in Germany. But this over-simplification is very misleading.
 
During the two preceding decades Wall Street had assumed a species of split personality, one half symbolized by Morgan and the other by Warburg. It is undeniable as alleged, that `Wall Street` aiding in the financing of the Bolshevik Revolution, but in this, it was the Warburg faction (Jacob Schiff in particular) which took the initiative, with the Morgan faction eventually being on the receiving end of most if not all the adverse publicity as they belatedly tried to get in on the action. Furthermore, there is a wealth of evidence which supports the contention that it was the Morgan interests on Wall Street which supported Hitler's rise to power. But at the same , it was the internationalists who were funding the German Communist Party in those crucial elections in 1930, in which the communists gained such spectacular successes?
 
When one understands the prevailing dynamics of the times, it becomes elementary to recognise that the fiercest political struggles occurring all over the West during the 1930s, can now be more clearly seen as being just so many proxy battles on behalf of rival concentrations of financial power, culminating in World II and the triumph of the internationalists.
 
An American Fascist Coup d'Etat.
 
In Britain opposition to World War II came from what remained of the British end of the original Anglo-American establishment, labelled the `Cliveden set`; Cliveden being the name of the home of Lord Astor. This interpretation will also help to explain one of the most mysterious episodes in American history; a reported attempt, with the assistance of the American Legion and armed forces, to set up a `fascist ` dictatorship in America.
 
News of the plot was given brief front-page treatment in the NEW YORK TIMES on November 21, 1931; a congressional committee was set up to investigate the allegations; but then all news of the plot faded out of the press. Those involved included a few leading personalities in the American Legion and another organization known as Liberty League, which together seem to have undertaken to make available a force of 500,000 men. Leadership of the operation was offered to Major-General Smedley D. Butler, a much decorated military hero, but there is no real evidence that he ever agreed to go along with the plotters.
 
Significantly, it is exclusively the gentile power -wielders of big finance and big business who were identified as the culprits behind the scene, all linked in one way or another with J.P. Morgan: Grayson Murphy, a director of the Guaranty Company; Jackson Martindell, associated with Stone and Webster, allied to the Morgans; the DuPont Company; the Remington Arms Company, controlled by DuPont; and the Morgan-Harriman financial interests. It would seem, therefore, that the Morganite financiers and industrialists, finding themselves at last outmanoeuvred and out gunned in Wall Street, were tempted to take desperate measures against the international financiers - as had been done with some success in Italy and Germany.
 
As the rivalry of separate national constellations of financial power gave rise to the 19th century's scramble for colonial possessions, so the consolidation of financial power on a global basis in the 20th century required the dismantling of all the colonial empires and their replacement with innumerable new states over which the separate nations of the West would be able to exercise little or no influence..A clear distinction must, thus, be drawn between the pace and quantity of change and conflict in the world up until l939, when the new imperium was still in the process of being established, and the pace and quantity of change and conflict after the new imperium had emerged as the only real victor in World War II.
 
In Part Three, we will examine the part played by Western `Intellect` in the `Nexus Of Evil` and identify it's manipulation and exploitation, and the role it has subsequently played in in the furthering of the Illuminati's Luciferian Agenda.
 
Comments to : http://righteousalliance.blogspot.com/
 
 
Ref:
 
1] http://reformed-theology.org/html/books/bolshevik_revolution/  
2] http://www.reformed-theology.org/html/books/wall_street/index.html  
3] http://www.voltairenet.org/IMG/pdf/Wall_Street_and_FDR_by_A_Sutton.pdf  
4] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cecil_rhodes  
5] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/John_Ruskin  
6] http://sandiego.indymedia.org/media/2006/10/119975.pdf Tragedy And Hope  
7] http://www.thetruthseeker.co.uk/article.asp?ID=8134  
8] http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/bloodlines/index.htm
 
The Nexus Of Evil - Pt 3

The Role of Intellect In An Age Of Conflict:
 
We will now look at the role played by Western 'Intellectual thought' in the 'Nexus Of Evil' and identify it's manipulation and exploitation, it's base in the occult, and the role it has subsequently played in in the furthering of the Illuminati's Luciferian Agenda. In order to do so, we must now turn to and briefly examine the fundamental changes which occurred during the latter half of the 17th century onwards, in the realm of Western intellect, which can be regarded as one of the main causes of our age of conflict ­ it being the other half of that aforementioned 'alliance of money and intellect,' acting in the service of the forces of magic, and by that, I mean the Illuminati and ultimately Lucifer himself.
 
In my series, 'Who Rules The World,' I wrote; "I personally do not believe that human beings, who in the majority, long for peace and happiness, are capable in themselves of such gross wickedness. What force drives men to such loathsome deeds, or manoeuvres them into situations, where they feel compelled to commit such atrocities? Like many today involved in this area of investigation, it is my contention that there is lurking in the shadows, behind the scenes, some purely wicked, invisible power which is, through its agents and disciples, manipulating, coercing and influencing people to commit terrible acts of treachery, violence, perversion, and what can only be termed unadulterated evil. If one steps outside the 'Matrix,' and considers the 'bigger picture,' this pandemic evil can be seen as being anything but a collection of random unconnected incidents and occurrences. To the contrary, it appears to be a driven, systematic, controlled, and malevolent agenda, manipulating the course of world events towards a defined 'end game."
 
In the three articles which comprise that series, and which for the sake of continuity should be read as a precursor to this current collection, I introduced the hypothesis that the ills of humankind are and have always been the work of Lucifer, his 'Fallen Angels,' and subsequently, the Illuminati 'Bloodline' hybrid beings, who now through their control of all the 'seats' of global power, are preparing their final 'Coup d' Etat' on mankind. In this current series of articles, we will deal with the 'nuts and bolts' of the conspiracy to dethrone God, subjugate and degrade humanity, and enthrone Lucifer as 'Lord Of This World.'
 
It is necessary to understand that the creation and eventual propagation of the secular humanist ideals we will be dealing with in the following paragraphs, were never intended by the Luciferians as an end in themselves, but rather as an interim means of breaking down, and tearing out from the hearts of Western men and women, their love of God, and replacing it with an eventual adoration of Lucifer. In it's final stages, this development can be seen to have begun more than two centuries ago and to have been a major contributing factor in the decline of Christianity as the consensus religion of the West.
 
The 'new' thought process and values system inaugurated as a result of the decline of the influence of Christian orthodoxy came to be known as socialism. Socialism was however, only one of the symptoms of something with a much more profound metaphysical implication; a condition better represented by the words 'idealism' and 'humanism.' Socialism is, in truth, a form of economic and political idealism.
 
It is this 'idealism' and the reality of the forces behind it which we need to understand. A pre-fabricated attitude to human existence that responds readily to any plausible system or ideology, ostensibly proposing one or another program, which on the surface, usually appears to be intended towards the form of a utopian betterment of the world and mankind, but which in essence, only serves the Luciferian agenda.
 
Such ideologies have included anarchism, nihilism, syndicalism, socialism, communism, etc. This idealism supplies the base psychic foundation for a false system of secular belief which acquires the force and intensity of the religion which it has replaced. There is a fundamental and most important difference between 1) A metaphysical or religious system of belief, and 2) A secular or humanist system of belief. These differences can be thus defined as:
 
1] All the great religions which have endured down the through the ages, however different in their orthodoxies are founded on the central belief that human existence, like everything else in the universe, is governed by immutable laws of cause and effect which the intelligence must discover and obey. What this amounts to is a recognition that human freedom finds fulfilment only as Freedom Under Law. We are free to do as we please but, if we are to avoid the disappointment of our hopes and expectations, if we are to preserve psychic health, we must first find out what can and what cannot be done.
 
2] In The Bible Book of Genesis, the seduction of Eve by Lucifer/Satan is enacted thus: "1]Now the serpent was more crafty than any beast of the field which the LORD God had made. And he said to the woman, "Indeed, has God said, 'You shall not eat from any tree of the garden'?" 2]The woman said to the serpent, "From the fruit of the trees of the garden we may eat; 3]but from the fruit of the tree which is in the middle of the garden, God has said, 'You shall not eat from it or touch it, or you will die.'" 4]The serpent said to the woman, "You surely will not die! 5]"For God knows that in the day you eat from it your eyes will be opened, and you will be like God, knowing good and evil."
 
 
Taking the above into consideration, it is no coincidence that fundamental to idealism or humanism is the idea that the human intellect is fully qualified to be a law unto itself in promoting purposes which can be visualized or imagined.. The element of error in this perception of the intellect as being the highest source of guidance in human affairs is extremely subtle, very difficult to detect, and even more so to explain; it can be compared with a compass deflection in navigation which progressively falsifies all positional and directional calculations. The ancients called it 'Hubris,' an attitude that presupposes that the intellect can conquer life itself as it can conquer the human environment. Milton handles this most profound theme in the language of symbolism in his great epic poem 'Paradise Lost.'
 
The Magicians:
 
It was the mysterious 'Count Cagliostro who had been primarily responsible for the incorporation of 'magic' into the Masonic Rite of Mizraim. Napoleon Bonaparte's 'Grande Armee,' with its initiates of the Philalethes, Asiatic Brothers, and Martinists, then carried Cagliostro's Masons to Egypt, whereby they came in contact with the Grand Lodge of the Ismailis, established in the eleventh century, and known in the occult world, as the Hermetic Brotherhood of Luxor.
 
The enigmatic Comte St. Germain was reputedly the Grand Master of all Freemasonry at the time, and is said to have initiated Cagliostro into the mysteries of Egyptian Freemasonry. Samuel Honis a native Egyptian, brought the Egyptian Rite to France, and in 1815, the lodge, 'Les Disciples de Memphis,' was founded by Honis, Marconis de Negre and others.
 
It soon attracted a large number of Frankists and some of its initiates (of which Karl Marx was one), became involved in a number of subversive movements. Marx, moved to Brussels in 1845, and together with Friedrich Engels, reorganized the Communist League. The League having evolved from the revolutionary French Jacobins, which themselves had been originally founded by the Bavarian Illuminati.
 
In 1848, Marx published his Communist Manifesto, in which he borrows heavily from Clinton Roosevelt's, 'The Science of Government Founded on Natural Law,' that echoed entirely the philosophies of Adam Weishaupt, the founder of the Bavarian Illuminati.
 
In 'To Eliminate the Opiate,' Rabbi Antelman affirmed that Marx, far from being an atheist was, like his father a Shabbatean Frankist. Paul Johnson in his work the 'History of the Jews,' indicates that Marx's theory of history, closely resembled the Kabbalistic theories of the Messianic Age of Shabbatai Zevi's mentor, Nathan of Gaza. Marx derived his philosophy of history from the Lurianic Kabbalah, through the influence of Hegel. Like Hegel, Marx believed that the world develops according to a dialectical formula, but he disagreed with Hegel as to the motive force of this development. Hegel believed in a mystical entity called Spirit. For Marx, it was matter, not spirit.
 
The Blueprint:
 
In 1870, Giuseppe Mazzini, Lord Palmerston of England, Otto Von Bismarck of Germany and Albert Pike, each a 33rd degree Scottish Rite Mason, inaugurated the supreme and universal rite of Freemasonry, that henceforth, would centralise all the high Masonic bodies throughout the world under one head. To this end the Palladium Rite was created as the pinnacle of the pyramid of power: an international alliance to bring in the Grand Lodges, the Grand Orient, the ninety-seven degrees of Memphis and Mizraim of Cagliostro, and the Scottish Rite.
 
In a letter written to Mazzini, dated August 15, 1871, Albert Pike graphically outlined plans for three world wars, that were seen as necessary to bring about the One World Order. As I have covered this previously at length in the series, To Kill A Tree , it will suffice to say here that the two fratricidal world wars of the 20th century went entirely according to script, and that Pike's letter predicted that the third global war would have to be fought against Islam. This was in effect the blueprint for the 'Clash Of Civilisations, 'scenario now being played out in Iraq, Afghanistan and Palestine.
 
Pike then told Mazzini that, after World War Three had ended, a global social cataclysm will be provoked that will be greater than the world has ever known:
 
"We shall unleash the Nihilists [meaning terrorists] and the atheists, and we shall provoke a formidable social cataclysm which in all its horror will show clearly to the nations the effect of absolute atheism, the origin of savagery and of the most bloody turmoil. Then everywhere, the citizens, obliged to defend themselves against the world minority of revolutionaries, will exterminate those destroyers of civilization, and the multitude, disillusioned with Christianity, whose deistic spirits will from that moment be without compass or direction, anxious for an ideal, but without knowing where to render its adoration, will receive the true light through the universal manifestation of the pure doctrine of Lucifer, brought finally out in the public view. This manifestation will result from the general reactionary movement which will follow the destruction of Christianity and atheism, both conquered and exterminated at the same time."
 
Mikhail Bakunin:
 
The political philosophy of Nihilism, originally devised by Kabbalists, Shabbetai Zevi, Jacob Frank and the Frankists, was further developed by Mikhail Bakunin. Bakunin was a Grand Orient Freemason, a disciple of Weishaupt, and like Marx, an avowed Satanist. Bakunin left Russia in 1842 and moved to Paris where he met Marx. He participated in the 1848 French Revolution, and then moved to Germany where he called for the overthrow of the Habsburg Empire.
 
The most notable episode of Bakunin's later years was his quarrel with Marx. While living in Geneva in 1868, he joined the socialist First International. At the same time, however, he enrolled his followers in a semi-secret Social Democratic Alliance, which had a direct affiliation to the Illuminati, and which he conceived as a revolutionary avant-garde within the International. The First International was opposed to Bakunin's activities, and at a congress in 1872 at The Hague, Marx secured the expulsion of Bakunin and his followers from the International. The resulting split in the revolutionary movement in Europe and the United States persisted for many years.
 
In the first meeting of Social Democratic Alliance, Bakunin, though a Magician and Satanist, openly professed atheism, and called for the Illuminati goals of the abolition of marriage, property, and of all social and religious institutions. Nihilism (like Satanism and the Kabbalah) rejected all religious (read Christian Godly) and political authority, social traditions, and traditional morality as standing in opposition to 'freedom.' Every nation thus became the enemy, and the enemy was ferociously attacked using terrorism and assassination. Reflecting the dictum of Weishaupt, Bakunin sought, "the unchaining of what is today called the evil passions and the destruction of what is called public order," and made the declaration, still identified with nihilism: "Let us put our trust in the eternal spirit which destroys and annihilates only because it is the unsearchable and eternally creative source of all life the passion for destruction is also a creative passion!"
 
It is vital for the reader to understand that Atheism, Humanism and Idealism were cynical constructs of the Luciferian Magicians, and only that. Used to break down Christianity, they were the means to a Luciferian end, as opposed to 'bona fide' means in themselves. The whole secular humanist movement is a cloak for Luciferinaism, and whilst most of its disciples were and still are unaware of it, the elite 'provocateurs' knew it then as the do now.
 
 
The New Idealists:
 
The almost irresistible attraction of socialism for those members of the utopia orientated 'educated' classes, who in the nineteenth century, found themselves without the support of their ancestral Christian faith is, therefore, at least understandable, for it provided them with a highly plausible and ingeniously elaborate framework of ideas, which paradoxically (considering their Satanic origin) purported to be able to solve many, if not all of the world's evils, and to finally bring those ever so elusive elements of human existence, happiness and contentment to all of mankind. It offered to the educated individual a laudable ambition and an integrated intellectual frame of reference, which promised to infuse his existence with new meaning and purpose. Yet it is precisely this very idealism, this attitude and this 'plausible' thinking, which has given our world over a hundred years of terrible conflict and tragedy which is without precedent in all of recorded history.
 
No manner of evil intentions in all of history, ever produced cruelty and disorder on so vast a scale as idealism or humanism have produced since the beginning of the 20th century. Supposed good intentions in the service of evil have been exposed by the experience of that history as being capable of producing the most dreadful of consequences. It is in this area of conduct where ends are called on to justify means, that the human mind makes mistakes of a kind that the mind itself can not easily understand, and it is where the mind is most exposed to the influences of the most hostile cunning, emanating from the ultimate master of hostility and cunning.
 
The great mistake is to suppose that the means used can be justified by the quality of the ends proposed, when in fact, as experience may only demonstrate belatedly, it is only the actual results produced that can ever justify the means. The idea that the laudable end envisioned, however distantly separated from the present, justifies the employment of whatever means are required for its attainment, is thus fundamental to idealism or humanism in whatever form it may take, whether as socialism or as that benevolent imperialism preached by John Ruskin, and which so captivated the mind of the young Cecil Rhodes.
 
An example of the above can be seen in the Illuminati's current and markedly accelerating drive towards the 'New World Order, ' there are undoubtedly many working unwittingly and naively towards what they consider to be 'laudable ends,' having no idea that they are furthering a Totalitarian Luciferian Agenda.
 
Political idealism in action exhibits two major negative aspects: it undertakes long-term enterprises which are incapable of actualisation because it finds itself in conflict with unalterable requirements of human nature as expressed in instinct, and it produces among its 'believers' a progressive blunting or description of what, for want of a more precise description, we can call 'a sense of evil.' In other words, immoral behaviour in the service of an ideal is condoned and even recommended, and any suffering that ensues is habitually regarded with indifference as part of the price that must be paid for 'progress.'
 
Socialism As A Substitute:
 
After a long period of incubation in Germany and central Europe during the early part of the 19th century, Socialism was accorded more scholarly credentials in the form of 'dialectical materialism,' defined as a materialistic interpretation of existence, by Karl Marx, which was later to be presented in a more delusive and acceptable form by leading British intellectuals, such as Edward Pease, George Bernard Shaw and Sidney Webb. The Fabian Society and later the London School of Economics (LSE) were then set up as nurseries for the future proliferation of socialist ideas and ideals throughout the English speaking world, and particularly the United States.
 
It is significant to our story, that Julius Wernher, of the same Wernher-Beit conglomerate that supported Milner's effort to precipitate the Anglo-Boer War, contributed substantially to the funding of the LSE, and socialist movements wherever they may have been, all vehemently 'anti-capitalist,' somewhat bewilderingly to the 'uninitiated,' received massive support from the most powerful 'capitalists.'
 
It was because of the absence of any fundamental antagonism between the philosophies of John Ruskin and of Karl Marx, that it was possible for the 'Brave New World' ambition, so actively promoted by Rhodes and his heirs, to be absorbed into the socialist world-power vortex with hardly a sign that anything untoward had happened. In fact, the international socialists, instruments of the most highly concentrated financial power, were able to take over the Rhodes-Milner establishment, complete with its worldwide network of organizations - the Rhodes Scholarship Trust, the Royal Institute of International Affairs, the Council on Foreign Relations, the Trilaterals, etc - and continue to run it as if still under its original management; indeed, it simply gave the socialists a new Dimension for the exercise of their incomparable skill in the arts of deception.
 
The headlong decay of Christianity in its orthodox forms, and particularly in its institutionalised form as the 'established' Church, proved to be overwhelmingly to the advantage of the new order of financiers. For many centuries in the West, Christian orthodoxy or Christendom, had been more than just something to believe in; it had become the world view of a whole civilisation, an interpretation of the totality of existence and, as such, the very medium in which men's minds perceived reality, in the same way as the open blue skies are the medium by which birds fulfil their existence.
 
As that 'reality' faded, the 'shadow power' determined that the educated classes in the west would need a new religion, or even better, a secular substitute, one fully in harmony with the new rationalist climate of thought engendered by a triumphant if often erroneous science (as in Darwinism). This substitute appeared in the form of socialism, an intellectual frame of reference and system of values which has continued to dominate higher education in the West since the beginning of the 20th century, especially in academic disciplines like history, anthropology, sociology and political science.
 
Socialism can be seen to have two separate and different realities:
 
1] It is something that can be believed; and
 
2] It is something that can be used.
 
Spengler recognised socialism's double character when he remarked that every proletarian movement, even a communist one, "Operates in the interest of money" adding significantly "without the idealist in its ranks having the slightest suspicion of the fact."
 
The damaging effect of socialism as an intellectual frame of reference, can be ascribed to the fact that it is basically a 'con trick,' one component of a dialectical trap with money that funds socialism as Thesis, a socialism in which men believe in as Antithesis and 'The New Money Imperium, or New World Order" as Synthesis. Money grabs and concentrates power into the centre, and socialism promises the ultimate redistribution of ownership and power; the resolution of this contradiction supplies the New Imperium or New World Order, with an almost irresistible dynamic.
 
The New Imperium:
 
But the question remains; why should such an alliance of money and intellect, albeit in the service of darkly magical forces, all ostensibly bent on restructuring the world and reducing it to to a 'New Order' have produced since the 20th century so much more conflict than was seen previously, when the major nations of Europe were greedily engaged in a competitive scramble for aggrandizement, particularly in the great land grab for colonial possessions? It would appear that money and intellect as determinants in the shaping of history, had experienced a radical change to the detriment of humankind, giving rise, among other negative phenomena, to what Professor P.T. Bauer has described as "an undeclared, one sided, fratricidal civil war in the West."
 
The shadow money power, being alien in philosophy, religion and method to the West, and unable to flourish in an environment of national health, strength and order, therefore committed itself to promoting and funding policies of destruction, degeneration, deprivation and degradation. Where there is social health, strength and goodly order, in any part of the world, there is a resulting self determination, and that is an intolerable obstacle to the money's global power-concentrating purposes. Such an alien money power needs a world of ethnic communities reduced to a condition of arrested cultural and political development, and has up until very recently concentrated its enmity exclusively on Western civilisation, which it still sees as its main rival for world dominion. The 'New Imperium' finds its strength in the weakness of all those it seeks to control.
 
The 'New Imperium' has spread conflict and disorder trying to rule secretly and indirectly by means of artificially contrived puppet regimes, everywhere disrupting the natural hierarchical order within and between divergent ethnic groups. In other words, an extraneous power has everywhere prevented the emergence of what we would call the natural 'pecking order' within and between contiguous ethnic groups. In fact, in very many instances, a reversal of the ancient 'pecking order' has been found necessary by the world's new secret rulers.
 
It is this interference in the relationships of ethnic groups, which has created an age of conflict and tragedy which is without precedent in all of world history. A process of unfolding history having as its culmination the decline of the West and a century of unprecedented conflict can be traced to many causes.
 
But central to all is the corrupting principle of USURY - money traded as a commodity and lent at interest - as a component of the world's monetary system.
 
Thus, our age of conflict, like a spiders web, has many aspects, some of them beyond our powers of understanding, but that which we need and can use is the knowledge that the peoples of the West have only themselves to blame for the plight in which they and the rest of the world find themselves today; for they have themselves created the morally unhygienic conditions in which evil flourishes as never before. The prediction and promise of the Old Testament prophets has been fulfilled:
 
"The nation of lenders has become 'the head' and all the others, blind to usury's hidden peril, 'the tail."
 
In Part Four, we will examine the 'Diagram' in detail.
 
 
Comments to : http://righteousalliance.blogspot.com/  
 
Further reading:
 
David Livingstone: http://www.terrorism-illuminati.com/node/35  
 
FrtizSpringmeier : http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/bloodlines/index.htm  
 
Victor Marsden : http://www.churchoftrueisrael.com/protocols/  The Protocols Of Zion  
 
Ivor Benson : The Zionist Factor

The Nexus Of Evil - Pt 4

"The plan, I think, is the old one of world dominion in a new form . . . the money-power and revolutionary power have been set up and given sham but symbolic shapes ('Capitalism" or "Communism') and sharply defined citadels ('America' or "Russia') . . . Such is the spectacle publicly staged for the masses. But what if similar men, with a common aim, secretly rule in both camps and propose to achieve their ambition through the clash between those masses? I believe any diligent student of our times will discover that this is the case." -- Douglas Reed
 
Introduction:
 
I believe that in order to more easily understand the multi faceted web that is the Luciferian Conpiracy,[2] what is needed more than anything else, is a composite overall view of the Conspirator's primary `field of operations,` as a corrective to the present fragmentation which exists amongst the now numerous researchers operating in this particular field of enquiry. Too often those who fight a common enemy on different fronts do not even know each other, each convinced that he alone is fighting the real battle against the real enemy; some wholly engrossed with economic and monetary issues; others with drug abuse and pornography; some convinced that any effort outside party politics is a sheer waste of time if not counter-productive; some see it as a purely cultural struggle; others as a religious struggle; and others again as a struggle that will be won or lost in the universities, etc.
 
On the positive side, there is good reason to believe that the problem of fragmentation is already solving itself, as different groups and individuals, defending various values, find themselves converging on a more clearly identifiable enemy. The message of the above diagram should be self-evident. No matter how we see our own immediate battle-front, let us not forget that the ultimate enemy, the fountain-head of social and political evil in our times, is Lucifer, operating in this earthly dimension through his `agenteurs` in the Illuminati and an illegitimate Money Power which can survive and expand only by exploiting the morally poisonous principle of usury.
 
Creating Illusions:
 
The theatrical struggle between Capitalism and Communism over the inheritance of the `bloodline` aristocracy is a diversionary front, designed to divert attention from what is in fact an ongoing fratricidal conflict between individualistic and socialist, egoist and altruist, heathen and Christian ideals. Put another way, the battle between good and evil. The `Generals` in the make believe battle of both camps are recruited from the World's Secret Societies and Masonic Brotherhoods, who can all be canopied beneath the metaphorical tarpaulin of the Illuminati, and who are therefore aware of the agenda and complicit in the conspiracy.
 
Capitalism and Communism are rational, mechanical constructs; the time of the Old Military Caste nobility has passed. The effect of the `synthesis,` and it's power, namely the belief in it, along with the hope that it's time is nearing, is now growing exponentially, and with it the audacity and arrogance of the `New` Aristocracy. Through their puppet politicians sitting furtively in National Parliaments, The Bilderberg Group, Trilateral Commission, Council on Foreign Relations and the plethora of other `front` organisations, their `Project` appears close to becoming a reality, the penultimate step along the road to the New World Order.
 
At this point, we must examine the component parts of the above diagram in order to first identify, and then understand how the web of various intrigues tie together.
 
 
The Centre:
 
At the centre of the conspiracy, at least on the the three dimensional level is an Illegitimate Money Power which draws its main strength from the practice of usury; a global `Usurocracy,` which could reasonably be termed, ` The Super-capitalist - Communist -Zionist Nexus.`
 
The visible and discernible source of all great power since the beginning of the 20th century has been money, as opposed to other ages, where it was the possession of a superior fighting force which decided the outcome of battle. Over the past one hundred years or so, the primary gravitational source of power, garnered from all other sources, has been the morally indefensible principle of usury, the most destructive single product of which, is the issue of money for all ordinary purposes as interest-bearing debt. In the Bible and The Quran, usury is condemned as "an abomination: not be practised on a brother." Usury is also a primary method of gaining power over others:
 
"And thou shalt lend onto many nations, but thou shalt not borrow: and thou shalt reign over many nations, but they shall not reign over thee: (Deuteronomy 15:16); and, "thou shalt lend onto many nations, and thou shalt not borrow. And the lord shall make thee the head, and not the tail; and thou shalt be above only, and thou shalt not be beneath:" (Deuteronomy 28:12)
 
This is not God speaking, but the Talmudic Levitical priesthood. (see Douglas Reed's `The Controversy Of Zion).[1]
 
Up until the recent economic `downturn,` and since the 1980's, banks and lenders have seemingly been falling over themselves to lend money. Now as we try to ride out our present woes, we are told that money is scarce. Why is it scarce? Because the same people who were lending it so willingly are no longer doing so. They `create` money as figures on a screen in the form of loans. It is money out of thin air, backed by nothing other than the people's taxes, and a belief that it exists and that it has some worth.[3]
 
In this way, they have enticed millions of people to sign their freedoms away for the promise of a new home, car, kitchen or bathroom. Then when the time was right, meaning now, they started calling in unpaid loans, manipulating prices, raising interest rates and destroying jobs and manufacturing production in the process. Then, with the people in fear for their existence, and terrified of what the future might bring, demanding naively that something be done, they come up with the solution they had planned all along; More centralisation of bank ownership. State and Corporate mergers through `Government Buyout` packages and the call for a uniform across the board single global currency.
 
If or when the dust settles, we will see that the middle classes have been so badly damaged, that their political and economic power base will be no more. This is how `fiefdoms` and servitude are established.
 
Economics: A falsified science of economics and a fraudulent monetary system.
 
In his pamphlet, `A Century Of Conflict` Ivor Benson writes: "The first requirement of an illegitimate money power secretly exploiting an evil principle, advantageous to itself and antagonistic to the interest of the millions who labour to supply goods and services, would be a `science` of economics so complicated, so labyrinthine and steeped in obscurity that it remains for vast numbers of highly intelligent and well-educated men and women an intellectual TERRA INCOGNITA. This is precisely the current state of affairs in the realms of finance. This supposed `science` has given rise to a monetary system progressively concentrating into ever fewer hands, producing wealth of a magnitude hitherto unimaginable, some of it in the form of money and possessions, but most of it a most oppressive lien on the productive powers of mankind - of which lien America's national debt is only a tiny portion."
 
Political policies inspired and informed by this pseudo-science have been carefully calculated to grind the mass of mankind to the common level of wage-slaves, preventing by a variety of means (progressive income tax, sales tax, inheritance tax, death duties, inflation, etc.) the emergence of powerful, dynamic,independent individuals capable of serving as the nuclei of a popular resistance. The same arcane `science` of economics prevents those who work and produce, the real generators of value, from understanding that inflation - the progressive loss in the purchasing power of money ­ is deliberate policy, being one of the unavoidable consequences of a legalized form of theft whereby governments and those most favoured by governments, including the major banks, are in possession of a grossly unfair share of things of real value - that is, goods and services.
 
"Far worse than usury on money already in existence is fiat money, money created out of nothing, nearly always as interest- bearing debt. The final battle for Christianity will be over the money problem, and until that is solved there can be no universal application of Christianity."
-- Balzac
 
Mass Media: Ownership and control of main channels of access to the public mind.
 
(Those of you who have read my previous articles may feel I belabour this aspect of the `control mechanism.` To those I say that this piece in the conspiratorial puzzle cannot be overemphasised, for without it, there would be no conspiracy).
 
A further necessary requirement, for an illegitimate money power secretly exploiting an evil, anti-social principle of conduct would be the maximum possible control of all avenues of access to the public mind - education, the newspapers and news magazines, communications technology, radio and television, the book trade, access to the public platform. I think it can fairly be agreed that has been achieved![4]
 
With their unchallenged control over the mass media, the `Lords` of money have been able to dictate what is given to the public by way of knowledge and information. Through film, television and radio, they use subliminal messaging technology to entrap and entice people into exchanging their identities as individual human souls for that of `consumers`. They manipulate all avenues of `News` reporting ensuring that the `Third Way` consensus is consolidated and maintained. The Internationalist Ideal is paramount, and our children are indoctrinated into it by the most subtle and non subtle of means. Popular music and movies, loaded with trigger sounds and words have created a `dumbing down` effect across the West, a phenomenon which is now being matched and even exceeded in some respects by what can be found in the same media forums in countries such as China, Japan and even India. With a owned and controlled compliant press in tow, which simply repeats and enlarges upon the lies of the Six O'clock News from the evening before, it is little wonder that the vast majority's idea of reality is totally askew.
 
Alexander Solzhenitsyn has encapsulated the truth about the media in two short sentences:
 
"Such as it is, the press has become the greatest power within the Western countries, more powerful than the legislature, the executive and the judiciary; one would like to ask: by what law has it been elected and to whom is it responsible?"
 
The simple answer to Solzhenitsyn's rhetorical question is that the press isn't elected at all and is answerable only to those who own it, nearly all of them sensitive to the requirements of the Illuminati money power.
 
And how is the control of the media exercised?
 
By Falsification Misinterpretation and Suppression - the latter being perhaps the most important of all, since it needs only a small quantity of truth to overthrow a vast quantity of falsehood; not to mention Defamation which is the favourite weapon used against those who challenge the monopoly of public misinformation. "Who ever knew truth to be put to the worse in a free and open encounter."-- John Milton
 
Britain's Malcolm Muggeridge puts it this way: "Future historians will surely see us as having created in the media a Frankenstein monster which no one knows how to control or direct, and marvel that we should have so meekly subjected ourselves to its destructive and often malign influence."
 
The Financial Control And Manipulation Of Politics:
 
"Democracy - two wolves and a sheep voting on what's for dinner." Thomas Jefferson.
 
So with unlimited funds and the afore stated control of the mass media achieved, the next most important requirement for those wishing ultimate global hegemony, would be the control of party politics, and the parliaments which make the laws;[5] even better, the control of chief executives, presidents, dictators, etc. the majority of whom are in total thrall to the Illuminati money power, and who have here, in the first decade of the 21st Century, been largely freed from the necessity of consulting parliaments.
 
There are two kinds of people who do not understand that `democracy` as practised in most of the countries of the West is a ruse:
 
1] Those who are so stupid and irresponsible that they do not even try to understand.
 
2] Those who, participating in the modern party political fiasco, enjoy the patronage of their country's secret rulers.
 
The truly great mystery of modern politics, from the turn of the 20th century onwards, has been the relationship between Super-Capitalism, or international finance capitalism, and Marxist Socialism, or Communism.
 
There are two facts of history, which although not generally known are quite indisputable:
 
1] The Bolshevik Revolution in Russia could never have taken place without massive financial support from the West, including Wall Street;[6]
 
2] The industrial and military might of the Soviet Union was almost entirely a creation of Western high finance and big business, especially American.[5]
 
The Financial control and manipulation of politics along with the concerted undermining of private enterprise capitalism, combined with a progressive programme of State interference in all aspects of private commerce, and life generally, has all but destroyed the once proud and independent feature of the Western way of life. Throughout the so-called free or `non-socialist` world, insidious motives have been powerfully at work during the greater part of this and the last century, systematically undermining the private-enterprise capitalist system, replacing it, piece by piece, with elements of pure socialism. Not surprisingly, therefore, most Western governments can be seen to be implementing in all kinds of ways Karl Marx's own ten points of policy calculated to bring the whole world under an Illuminati controlled Socialist Imperium.[7]
 
What this means, quite simply, is that in the West the method of socialist revolution by stealth had been chosen, as being more likely to succeed, in preference to violent revolution as used in Russia and elsewhere.[8]There can be no doubt, therefore, that those who control finance capitalism in its greatest concentrations, often with governments as their main clients, saw instantly in the Marxist doctrine an ingenious method of converting great money power into political power, while at the same time harnessing to their purpose all the energies of super-capitalism's potentially most dangerous opponents, the intellectuals. For Marxism gave them the means of presenting, in idealistic and ideological disguise, motives of gross power appetite which, for obvious reasons, cannot bear exposure. This helps to explain why the politics of the super-rich is invariably leftist, or socialist, and why their animosity is concentrated against conservatives who, among other things, are dedicated to the preservation of free-enterprise capitalism.
 
The Third Way:
 
"The Illuminati's `revolutionary goal` is the New World Order, or authoritarian socialism run by monopoly capital. It is big government in the service of big business. The Left in the service of the Right". Henry Makow Ph.D.
 
One of the fundamental objectives of those pushing for a `New World Order,` is the absolute social, personal and economic control over what's left of humanity, (following any global conflagration) in a collectivist and corporatist society. The political philosophy behind the NWO exemplifies a convenient (for the Illuminists) mixture of Capitalism and Communism - a form of Neo-Marxism which owes much of its dogma to the Pre World War II Italian Marxist Philosopher, Antonio Gramsci. Tony Blair called it the `Third Way,` but it should more correctly be referred to as `Communitarianism.`
 
We are talking of a dialectical trap here,[9] with Corporate money funding Socialism as Thesis, ideological Socialism as Antithesis and Communitarianism or the `New Imperium` as Synthesis. Money grabs and concentrates power, whilst State Socialism promises the total redistribution of ownership and wealth. This contradiction provides the Illuminati architects and planners with an almost irresistible dynamic.
 
Communitarians want to create a post-modern, post-democratic feudal society run by a small number of rich and powerful people with everyone else working as peasants. In order to achieve their objectives they must destroy the middle class and the nation state. Can anyone deny that their goals are firmly on course.
 
Vaclav Klaus, the renegade (in EU terms) President of the Czech republic defines Communitarianism thus:
 
"Communitarianism is a collectivist philosophy that explicitly rejects individualism. It does not merely relegate individualism to a subordinate position, but is openly hostile to it. It is an ideology of 'civic society' which is nothing less than one version of Post-Marxist collectivism which wants privileges for certain wealthy and influential organized groups, and in consequence, a renewed feudalising of society."
 
Once the spotlight of investigation is shone directly upon the political machinations of the `One Worlders,` what emerges is a Luciferian Communitarian Agenda, which on the temporal level at least can be seen to be driven solely by corporate interests. Monetary Profit is to be the `bottom line` on everything from public services to defence to the very useful environmental `Trojan Horse.` High sounding `non descriptions` precede cleverly worded specifics that determine that the one and only benchmark be an economic one.
 
Nikki Raapana,[10 ] who has researched Communitarianism extensively describes it's `Modus Operandi` this way:
 
"The `Communitarians work behind the scenes. Elite communitarian 'thinkers' quietly slide their new laws inside projects and programs few regular people will think or dare to question. And, just so you won't look any closer, (or open your mouth to ask one dumb question) the Communitarians mask their fascist programs behind all kinds of lovely phrasing. The new phrases work so well that if you do stand out and speak up with a debatable question, it means you don't want to live in a safe and healthy community. And since everyone has to agree in order to reach communitarian consensus, you will be shunned and excluded from the decision making 'councils.' Go ahead and try, but the shifty Communitarians will NEVER debate you because their programs are based entirely in a lie called Communism."
 
Foreign Policy:
 
"In some ways ...[Julia]... was far more acute than Winston, and far less susceptible to Party propaganda. Once when he happened in some connexion to mention the war against Eurasia, she startled him by saying casually that in her opinion the war was not happening. The rocket bombs which fell daily on London were probably fired by the Government of Oceania itself, 'just to keep people frightened'. This was an idea that had literally never occurred to him. She also stirred a sort of envy in him by telling him that during the Two Minutes Hate her great difficulty was to avoid bursting out laughing."- George Orwell, 1984.[11]
 
Governments and tyrants have ever used the threat, whether real or imagined, of an external enemy, to justify the subjugation of populations. Nothing has changed except the diabolical ingenuity of the manipulators. In fact, we have entered a new `Dark Age` of Totalitarianism, where democratically elected governments, lie, cheat, steal from and even bomb and murder their own people, all the time working towards the common goal of World Domination.
 
Prior to the events on September 11th 2001, it would be hard to imagine any worldwide news blackout to compare with the suppression of information about the transfer of Western wealth and technology to the Soviet Union during what was spuriously termed the `Cold War.`[5] A few sentences from a statement made by Dr. Antony Sutton on 15 August 1972, before one of the sub-committees of the Republican Party at Miami Beach, Florida, and TOTALLY BLACKED OUT by the wire services and the media, will have to suffice:
 
"In a few words, there is no such thing as Soviet technology. Almost all - perhaps 90-95 percent came directly or indirectly from the United States and its allies. In effect, the United States and the NATO countries have built the Soviet Union, its industrial capabilities and its military power. This massive construction job has taken 50 years. Since the Revolution in l9l7. It has been carried out through trade and the sale of plant, equipment and technical assistance".
 
The details, fully documented, can be found in the massive three- volume series, `Western Technology And Soviet Economic Development,` which Dr. Sutton produced for the Hoover Institution, Stanford University, California. Another aspect of foreign policy which places an oppressive burden on those who work and produce, mostly in the form of taxation and inflation, is so-called "foreign aid" (or `aid to under-developed countries,` or `less developed countries`), which Professor P.T. Bauer, of the London School of Economics, has correctly described as "a gigantic confidence trick which impoverishes the poor in the developed countries and enriches the rich in the under-developed countries."
 
"In this way, an illegitimate money power further enriches itself and promotes political purposes which bring no advantage whatever to those who work and produce. Some of these groups envisage the Third World as a weapon in what is in effect an undeclared, one-sided civil war in the West. Some of these groups have consistently and effectively promoted the cause of wealth transfers from the West." -- P.T. Bauer
 
In September 2000, the Project for the New American Century (PNAC), [12]a neo-conservative think-tank, with strong ties to the right-wing American Enterprise Institute, and funded by three foundations closely tied to Persian Gulf oil and weapons and defence industries, drafted a plan for global domination. The project's participants included individuals who would play leading roles in the second Bush administration: Vice President Cheney, of the CFR and a Trilateralist, secretary of defense Rumsfeld, a Bilderberger, and his deputy Wolfowitz, also a Bildeberger. Several of PNAC members, including Cheney, Khalilzad and the Bush family, all have ties to the oil industry.
 
These PNAC signatories represent a core group of Neo-conservatives, who are believed to have actually dictated the policies of the Bush administration. They are called "neo-conservatives" because many of them started off as anti-Stalinist leftists or liberals, before moving to the far right. Others include Elliott Abrams, National Security Council staffer; Douglas Feith, of the Pentagon; Lewis "Scooter" Libby, Cheney's chief of staff; and John R. Bolton, of the State Department. Outside the administration, are James Woolsey, former CIA director, and Richard Perle, nicknamed the "Prince of Darkness."
 
The nation of Israel is of major concern to these neo-conservatives, and many of them have continuing ties to it. As political scientist Benjamin Ginsberg puts it:
 
"One major factor that drew them inexorably to the right was their attachment to Israel and their growing frustration during the 1960s with a Democratic party that was becoming increasingly opposed to American military preparedness and increasingly enamoured of Third World causes [e.g., Palestinian rights]. In the Reaganite right's hard-line anti-communism, commitment to American military strength, and willingness to intervene politically and militarily in the affairs of other nations to promote democratic values (and American interests), neocons found a political movement that would guarantee Israel's security"
Titled, Rebuilding America's Defences: Strategy, Forces and Resources for a New Century, the PNAC report envisioned an expanded global military role for the U.S., by stipulating:
 
"The United States has for decades sought to play a more permanent role in Gulf regional security. While the unresolved conflict with Iraq provides the immediate justification, the need for a substantial American force presence in the Gulf transcends the issue of the regime of Saddam Hussein." However, it added, "even should Saddam pass from the scene," the plan states, U.S. military bases in Saudi Arabia and Kuwait will remain, despite domestic opposition in the Gulf states to the permanent stationing of U.S. troops. Iran, it says, "may well prove as large a threat to U.S. interests as Iraq has."
 
A "core mission" for the U.S. military, according to the PNAC, is to "fight and decisively win multiple, simultaneous major theatre wars". The "transformation" of the U.S. military into an imperialistic force of global domination would require a massive increase in defence spending, to "a minimum level of 3.5 to 3.8 percent of gross domestic product, adding $15 billion to $20 billion to total defence spending annually," the PNAC plan said. "The process of transformation," the plan further clarifies, "is likely to be a long one, absent some catastrophic and catalysing event - like a new Pearl Harbor."
 
September 11th 2001 offered the opportunity to finally embark upon the ultimate plan devised by Albert Pike[13], and articulated more recently by Samuel Huntington in his book, a `Clash of Civilizations, A Global War Against Islam.` As William Engdahl pointed out, "if the Bush administration had been unprepared for the shock of September 11, 2001, they certainly wasted no time in preparing their response, the war on terror. Terror was to replace communism as the new global image of "the enemy".
 
On September 18, 2001, Niaz Niak, former Pakistani foreign secretary, told the BBC he had been informed by senior US officials at a mid-July Berlin meeting that "military action against Afghanistan would go ahead by the middle of October." Ultimately, the invasion of Afghanistan was a furtherance of the initial plans devised by Zbigniew Brzezinski[14 ] to gain control over Central Asia.
 
In is book, `The Grand Chessboard: American Primacy and Its Geostrategic Imperatives,` Brzezinski put forward a vision of creating a "global-zone of percolating violence," leading to the break-up of the Middle East, into a mosaic of competing factions, and weakening the authority of existing republics and kingdoms, that could then be skilfully manipulated to inhibit the integration of the Central Asian states.
 
According to `The Grand Chessboard,` a map of this zone of "percolating violence" encompasses all of Central Asia, extending westward to include Turkey, northward to include southern Russia, and eastward to the western borders of China. It includes the entire Middle East, where Brzezinski claims it is imperative for the US to retain control, especially in the critical Persian Gulf. And, the zone extends eastward to include Afghanistan and Pakistan, up to the latter's border with India. Brzezinski had, in turn, been seduced by Bernard Lewis, into believing that Islamic fundamentalism could be played as a "geo-strategic" card to destabilize the USSR. (The recent troubles in Ossetia are just the `opening shots` of what is to come.)
 
This strategy would be achieved by employing all the covert means made available through Illuminati channels, and with the CIA again exploiting the services of the Muslim Brotherhood[15], to foment revolution and thereby defame the image of Islam in the West. Despite all their posturing as defenders of orthodoxy, the Muslim Brotherhood are using the pretext of seeking to implement the global `caliphate,` or Muslim ruler, to seek the destruction of Middle Eastern societies, to conspire with the Illuminati towards the implementation of a New World Order, based on occult principles.
 
According to David Livingstone in his epic book, `Terrorism And The Illuminati,`[15] The script goes something like this: `World War Three is to be fomented by riling the masses of the West against the world of Islam, through the misconception that it is a brutal, retarded medieval religion, contrary to the values of rights and freedoms which have taken the West centuries to hone. The means of arousing the rest of the world's animosity against the religion of Islam as tyrannical was orchestrated initially with the installation of the Ayatollah in Iran. Following the installation of the Ayatollah, covert support of the war in Afghanistan, leading to the installation of the Taliban regime, would contribute to destroying the Soviet Union, thus liberating Central Asia for conquest, and leaving the Illuminati with one final last enemy in its quest for global hegemony, Islam, as pronounced by Albert Pike.`
 
Culture:
 
"The art of music above all the other arts is the expression of the soul of a nation, and by a nation I mean . . . any community of people who are spiritually bound together by language, environment, history, and common ideals and, above all, a continuity with the past."
-- Vaughan Williams
 
In his pamphlet, `A Century Of Conflict,` Ivor Benson asks the question: "What more is needed to give an illegitimate money power the security it needs?"
 
The Answer: `Quite a lot,` as we shall see. The subversion of national culture, including literature, art, music and the undermining of institutions and traditions, church, family and morality were considered prerequisites. Only by severing the people's roots to these aspects of national life could the conspiratorial goals be realised. Organ-transplant surgeons encounter a problem called `rejection` - which means that the living organism is programmed by nature to reject anything that does not truly belong; and the surgeon's answer to "rejection" is immuno-suppressive drugs, which have the effect or reducing the organism's vitality. Likewise, before a population can be made to tolerate a system, or an ordering of its existence, which it is instinctively programmed to reject, means must be found to reduce it to a condition of attenuated vitality.
 
 
Winston Churchill showed his understanding of this when he wrote back in 1922 that there could be no World Government as envisaged by Marxists except on the basis of an induced state of universal arrested development. Since the end of WWII, the peoples of the West (and subsequently the rest of humankind) have been, through various means, reduced to exactly that state. This has been achieved via a diabolical program of culture distortion, using subversive genre's of popular music, ever more degrading and perverse forms of pornography, theatre and cinema themes which distort reality and show an inverted and corrupted ideal of all that is natural, moral and good, together with the encouragement of decadence in every possible form. In other words, `Culture Distortion.`
 
Briefly put, the substitution of a people's own indigenous culture with toxic forms of `entertainment` contrived to instil confusion on a mass scale, and paralyse the collective will at source. This undermining and subversion of the culture is openly promoted and encouraged by the media whores of the New Imperium, with the most degraded, drug addicted so called `artists` being touted as role models for our ever more, and tragically so, depraved youth.
 
Science: The falsification of science, especially anthropology and psychology.
 
Science itself must be controlled and manipulated if it is to be prevented from placing obstacles in the path of the Illuminati imperialism of illegitimate money power. Truth in some of the academic disciplines ­ like mathematics, physics, chemistry, geology, etc. - these the money power needs and must have, for obvious reasons; what it does not want and must exclude at any price is truth which explains mankind to itself, truth that liberates and strengthens. Scientific truths about the movement of heavenly bodies in renaissance times were never more effectively falsified or suppressed than are the genuine products of scientific inquiry today in all those disciplines which explore man himself: anthropology, ethnology, genetics, psychology, history ­ to name only a few.
 
The suppression and falsification, and attendant defamation of those who refuse to submit, can be traced back to their source in the money power, which finally decides who shall be appointed to a university teaching post and who shall not, whose work shall be published and whose condemned to neglect and oblivion. Thus, instead of the honest anthropology of men like Professor Carleton Coon, Sir Arthur Keith, Do. John Baker, we have the fraudulent psychology of men like Carl Gustav Jung, William James, Thomas Szasz, H.J. Eysenck, along with the vindictive, anti- Western and anti-Christian swindle of Sigmund Freud.
 
"Modern psychotherapy is not merely a religion that pretends to be a science, it as actually a fake religion that seeks to destroy true religion."-- Thomas Szasz
 
History: Falsification and suppression of history.
 
Can people be fully and accurately informed about what has happened in the past without being strengthened in their ability to cope with the present? Of course not! It goes without saying that the falsification and suppression of news goes hand-in hand with the falsification and suppression of history, especially of recent history - since, obviously, people will lose all confidence in the media if they discover today that they were lied to or prevented from getting at the truth five, ten or twenty years ago. The control of written history - historiography - has become a major feature of modern political warfare, in which it is those who don't know or are wrongly informed who are overthrown.
 
Unless we know what happened in the past we cannot know what is happening now - for it is only what happened in the past that gives meaning to much of what is happening now. And if we don't know what happened in the past and is happening now, we have no way of helping to determine what will happen in the future, for ourselves as individuals and for our community. Hence, as George Orwell puts it:
 
"Who controls the past controls the future; who controls the present controls the past".
 
Control of the study of history in our time, especially the history of our age, is exercised also by means of a system of intellectual terrorism designed to suppress information of the kind that arms us in our minds against an enemy whose great power in the world is little more than a power to deceive.
 
Agitation: Incitement and support of internal communist revolutionary activity.
 
There can be few better examples, where the nexus between the Capitalist super-rich and a Marxist-Communist, supposedly anti-capitalist, revolutionary underground had been more clearly established than in pre- majority rule South Africa. Similarly, there must be few places where it has been easier to study that uneasy alliance of the circumcised and the uncircumcised - the excluded, using their great newspaper chains and media outlets, to give the maximum of sympathetic publicity to a communist revolutionary underground that has always been overwhelmingly Jewish at the leadership level. The support which the South relied on to give the leftist radicals was acknowledged in one short sentence from communist underground leader Abram Fischer: "Our press has done a wonderful job!"
 
This statement, which formed part of one of Fischer's regular analyses of the revolutionary situation, clearly referred to the local 'capitalist" newspapers and reflected no more than what any intelligent observer could see for himself.
 
The nexus between super-capitalism and communism was more difficult to conceal in South Africa than in most other countries, for the reason that in South Africa there was no proletariat of the kind to be found in most other industrially developed countries, no underworld of snarling and envious drop-outs, no proletariat as prescribed by Marxist doctrine and Leninist revolutionary science. Therefore, communist revolution had to take the form of a `Black Nationalist` exercise.
 
Investigations have fully exposed unbroken lines of communication and funding between the revolutionary underground in South Africa and all the centres of great financial and political power outside South Africa - on both sides of the Iron and Bamboo Curtains. In hindsight, we can regard the `undeclared` war waged by the Illuminists against South Africa as only one small part in what Professor Bauer called "an undeclared and one-sided civil war in the West" - a war which was and is aimed not only at white people in South Africa but at all ethnic entities and their cultures wherever they may be.
 
"There is only one world-revolution in progress, no matter from what quarter being promoted and directed, and all peoples of Western European provenance, wherever they may live, are as much the targets and intended victims of the revolution as the South Africans. The West has been crippled by a corrosive and corrupt ideology-morality that causes our political-intellectual elites to declare themselves in sympathy with and in support of the very elements that boldly proclaim their goal to be the destruction of the West." -- Richard Clark.
 
Religion:
 
"Christianity holds at its core a symbol which has for its content the individual way of life of a man, the Son of Man, and it even regards this individuation process as the incarnation and revelation of God himself." -- C.G. Jung.
 
The faith of the West was de-constructed in part by the Illuminati `Money Power` providing massive financial support for aberrant trends which have the effect of secularizing and politicising religion. There can be no doubt that the greatest possible source of resistance to illegitimate power is to be found in a people's religion, whose central purpose it is to give the individual a spiritual and intellectual form base from which to make relative all the pressures and influences he encounters, and secure a deep-rooted sense of purpose and direction. Thus, religion, by whatever name it is called, must always be at the core of a people's culture, nourished by and giving nourishment to all the arts. From which it follows that religious error must have the most destructive consequences when exploited by powers whose purposes are anything but religious.
 
It is all the more so when the error is of a kind which, like today's social gospel heresy, defeats religion's central purpose, and substitutes for inner illumination a set of spurious brain-spun `ideals` indistinguishable from those which activate Marxist trade union leaders and unscrupulous politicians. The result has been a secularization and politicization of Christianity in the West, with the setting-up, at very great cost, of a worldwide organization centred on the World Council of Churches.
 
To borrow an expression from the American poet Ezra Pound, "there is no mediaeval description of hell which exceeds the inner filth of the mentalities of some of the ministers and prelates for whom every species of cruelty and villainy is condoned, even incited, if perpetrated under the banner of universalist political objectives prescribed by the money power. Not surprisingly, these same churchmen can be relied on to block "by diseased will or sodden inertia: (Ezra Pound's words) any cleansing of a monetary system that gives to them so much power and importance; they will quote you the Bible on every sin in the calendar but never against the fountain-head of every species of sin - the practice of usury."
 
Two world religions, Christianity and Islam stand between Lucifer and his goal of world rule.[16] Christianity has been under sustained attack for two centuries at least and is badly mauled and debilitated. Now the flow of evil emanating from the `Centre` is being aimed at Islam.
 
Freemason Albert Pike revealed how this was to be done in the letter he wrote Giuseppe Mazzini August 15,1871, the text of which can and should be read in `Part Three` of this series.
 
I ask the reader to study every word of this diabolically inspired document. According to Pike's military blueprint, drawn up between 1859 and 1871, three global wars and three major revolutions were to place the High Priests of the Luciferian Creed in position to usurp world powers. Two World Wars have been fought according to schedule. The Russian and Chinese revolutions have achieved success. Communism has been built up in strength and Christendom weakened. World War Three is now in the making. If it is allowed to break out, all remaining nations will be further weakened, and Islam and political Zionism will be destroyed as world powers.
 
The reader must not forget that the Arab world alone is made up of millions of people, many of whom are Christians; many are of the Jewish faith; many are Muslims, but all subscribe to belief in the same God Christians worship as the Creator of the Universe. The Quran of the Islamic faith is in spirit and essence a divinely inspired continuation of the Holy Scriptures of the Old and New Testaments, excepting that the Muslim religion, while accepting Jesus Christ as the greatest of God's prophets before Mohammed, does not permit its members to believe in the Divinity of Christ.
 
Those who direct the Luciferian conspiracy at the top realize only too well that before they can provoke the final social cataclysm, they must first of all bring about the destruction of Islam as a world power, because if Islam were not destroyed, it might eventually ally itself with Christianity in the event of an all out war with the forces of the Illuminati. If that were allowed to happen, the balance of power would shift in favour of the `Righteous Alliance` established finally, by the coming together of Christianity and Islam.
 
It is of the greatest of importance that these facts, which explain the political intrigue and chicanery now going on in the near, middle, and far East, be brought to the attention of all the good people of our world, whatever their background, so they may take action to prevent the last phases of the Luciferian conspiracy from being put into effect, and bring to fruition the prediction made in Chapter 20 of Revelations, i.e., that Satan shall be bound for a thousand years.
 
The events of the past half century would indicate that we are rapidly approaching that period of the world's history when, if it were not for the intervention of God, "No flesh would survive" (Matt. 24:22, Mark 13: 20). It is imperative that the general public know the diabolical fate being prepared for the whole of the human race.
 
If there is a Third World War, I believe that a likely scenario is that the United States will be the only remaining world military power, albeit a degraded and depleted one. Then, the remains of the world's population, exhausted and terrorised by a war unlike any other, will clamour for, and demand a world government, so that `it could never happen again.` And they will get it if the Luciferian conspiracy is allowed to be developed to its intended conclusion. Then, through the auspices of the United Nations, a puppet `Priest King` of the `Royal Blood`[17] who many believe is already waiting in the wings, will be made `World Ruler,` though under the malevolent influence and direction of the `agentura` of the Illuminati, who will have been appointed, not elected, to be his `Specialists,` `Experts,` and `Advisors.`
 
The High Priests of the Luciferian Creed know they cannot usurp world authority power before the United States is ruined as the last remaining `superpower,` so those who direct the Global Conspiracy at the `capstone level` are arranging matters so the United States will, as Lenin stated, "Fall into our hands like an overripe fruit." This is how those events taking place today indicate clearly that the subjugation of the U.S.A. is planned.
 
The Communist - Super-Capitalist -Zionist Nexus:
 
"The world is governed by very different persons to what is imagined by those who are not themselves behind the scene." -- Benjamin Disraeli British Prime Minister To Queen Victoria.
 
Even a cursory investigation of the forces shaping our current woeful situation, creating a socio-political climate described by `Spengler` as "Anarchy become a habit" would be incomplete, without a more informed look at those two supposed `arch` opposites, Capitalism and Communism. The key word here is Capitalism. This oft used word actually has two very divergent meanings.
 
Most people make the mistake of supposing that the word capitalism means one thing; in fact, the word as commonly used has two sets of meaning, as different as oil and water. If we are to understand why governments representing capitalist states adopt the most inexplicably ambivalent attitudes towards communism, we must first learn to separate in our minds the two sets of meaning which that one word capitalism has been called on to represent.
 
1) Capitalism, meaning private ownership of property and resources and competitive free enterprise in the supply of goods and services.
 
2) Super-Capitalism, meaning a highly concentrated finance capitalism which is not only apart from capitalism, but it's antithesis and which sooner rather than later acquires the characteristic of being actively `anti-capitalist`.
 
It is not possible to continue to concentrate ownership and control of property and resources without simultaneously reducing the number who own and control said property and resources. Similarly, there can be no concentration of Corporate Ownership and control, without a corresponding inhibition and suppression of free enterprise. What we have seen in the West is a progressive degeneration of capitalism into a form of super-capitalism, or anti-capitalism, which the less it resembles the original capitalism the more it resembles socialism, or communism.
 
In other words, the weak and struggling capitalism that survives, serves merely as a camouflage for an all- powerful anti-capitalism which dominates both economics and politics. Modern super-capitalist regimes like that of the United States, and communist regimes like that of the former Soviet Union, have their differences and their oppositions of interest but these are unimportant when compared with what they have in common. Both are irreconcilably antagonistic towards nationalism. Therefore, both are essentially revolutionary, having set themselves in fierce antagonism towards those political forms which are essentially evolutionary.
 
Nationalism, a much maligned and misrepresented political credo is inseparably connected to a people's culture and traditions. This causes it to become the mortal enemy of the `Supra-nationalists` whose goal is the Super-state. Since Nationalism is so inseparably joined to a people's cultural heritage, it follows that all attacks on nationalism must include cultural sabotage and subversion - which is what we have seen happening on both sides of the Iron and Bamboo Curtains, promoted with equal zeal by super-capitalists and communists.
 
There is only one genuine form of nationalism they (The Illuminati) support and that is Zionism,[18] which is an internationally dispersed Jewish nationalism. Of course, they also support other forms of spurious models of `nationalism` which they themselves set up and use, like `Black Nationalism` in Africa for example, and even these, are invariably heavily laced with Marxism. The reason why Western super-capitalism lives in constant dread of nationalism can be easily explained: The fundamental issue in any state is whether or not there shall be an authority superior to economics. Which shall rule - politics or economics? And there can be no doubt that nationalism, in spite of all the ailments to which it is heir, energised by the instincts and will of the population, means that politics is the master and that economics, no matter how important it may be, has been relegated to its proper and natural subordinate status.
 
Since there is no way in which communism can be effectively resisted and defeated except by nationalism, it follows that super-capitalism is totally committed to co-existence with communism, and that super-capitalism can have no other long range aim except that of ultimate convergence with communism in the shape of Tony Blair's `Third Way` or Communitarianism. Likewise - and this is most important - there is only one political weapon that super-capitalism can use against nationalism, and that is a communist or rather communitarian ideology that marshals the forces of the underworld and of rootless intellectualism, holding them ready to be aimed like a siege cannon against any nationalist target.
 
An all-important factor with a binding and directing influence on all the other components of the 20th century world-revolution is that of Zionism[18], which can be described as a geographically dispersed but intensely united and passionately motivated Jewish nationalism. Paradoxically the Jewish people have come to the fore as a dominant influence in world affairs at a time when most Jews attach little or no importance to a religion which for close on two millennia was a powerful binding force. Professor Hannah Arendt puts it this way:
 
"Twentieth century political developments have driven the Jewish people into the storm centre of events".
 
The developments she describes correspond with the consolidation of Jewish power and influence on a global basis, a process that has continued at an accelerating pace since the turn of the century. The essentially nationalistic character of Zionism is frankly admitted by Jewish scholar Do. Gideon Shimoni, who writes:
 
"Zionism embodies a progressive nationalism comparable with socialism according to the formula 'Socialist in content and nationalist in form'".
 
As Ivor Benson questions, "What is that, if not National Socialism?"
 
"The world-revolution can thus be described as a struggle in which one powerful nation is bent on the overthrow of all other nations. No one must lightly dismiss the question of race; it is the key to world history and it is precisely for this reason that written history so often lacks clarity - it is written by people who do not understand the race question, and what belongs to it." -- Benjamin Disraeli
 
Conclusion To Part Four:
 
In 1979 the Mullahs in Iran (backed by MI6, CIA and funded by the `Money Power`) overthrew the Persian monarchy, one of the oldest in the world, while at the height of its power, replacing it with an Islamic Republic ostensibly dedicated to the implementation of the Sharia, a law of private and public conduct prescribed in the Quran. Since then hardly a day has passed without news involving Islam, hitting the international headlines; ongoing wars in Iraq and Afghanistan, the conflict in Palestine, troubles in several former Soviet republics with Islamic majorities or minorities, and a seemingly endless conflict in Kashmir.
 
In the wake of the `False Flag` attack on the Twin Towers almost eight years ago, the world has changed so as to be barely recognisable to this writer. The `War On Terror, ` a war without end, we are told, is the likely precursor to a global conflagration of catastrophic proportions, and all gun sights appear to be now aimed at Islam. In Parts Five and Six, we will examine the root of the `Islamic question` and its connection to the `Nexus Of Evil, ` and hopefully illustrate that the true Muslim is no enemy, but a brother worshipper of the one true God, and a brother with whom we must develop fellowship and common ground, for our very survival depends on it!
 
 
Comments to: http://righteousalliance.blogspot.com/  
 
or: http://www.nylonmanden.dk/index.php?option=com_content&task=blogsection&id=7&Itemid=43  
 
 
Reference:
 
1] http://www.vho.org/aaargh/fran/livres/reeedcontrov.pdf  
2] http://www.scribd.com/doc/3221212/carr-william-guy-satan-prince-of-this-world-1959  
3] http://www.nylonmanden.dk/index.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=208&Itemid=43  
4] http://www.nylonmanden.dk/index.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=159&Itemid=43  
5] Dr. Kitty Little : Treason At Westminster.  
6] http://reformed-theology.org/html/books/bolshevik_revolution/  
7] http://www.anu.edu.au/polsci/marx/classics/manifesto.html  Manifesto  
8] http://catholicinsight.com/online/features/article_882.shtml  Frankfurt School  
9] http://nord.twu.net/acl/dialectic.html  Hegelian Dialectic  
10] http://nord.twu.net/acl/index.html  
11] http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/archivos_pdf/1984.pdf  
12] http://www.scribd.com/doc/12757928/Rebuilding-Americas-Defenses-PNAC  
13] http://www.rense.com/general86/pikeknew.htm  
14] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Zbigniew_Brzezinski  
15] http://www.terrorism-illuminati.com/muslim-brotherhood  David Livingstone  
16] http://www.nylonmanden.dk/index.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=226&Itemid=43  
17] http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/bloodlines/index.htm  
18] http://www.radioislam.org/zionism/  

The Nexus Of Evil - Pt 5

Introduction:
 
In Part Four, we discussed how at the three dimensional level, the primary coercive element at the very centre of the Luciferian Conspiracy is the Illegitimate Money Power, which draws its main strength from the practice of usury; and which could be defined as being a global `Usurocracy,` or a `Super-Capitalist - Communist -Zionist` Nexus.
 
Over the past one hundred years or so, the primary gravitational source of power, garnered from all other sources, has been the morally indefensible principle of usury, the most destructive single product of which, is the issue of money for all ordinary purposes as interest-bearing debt.
 
In the preceding parts, I introduced the reader to the Illuminati plan to sometime in the near future, and precisely in accordance with Albert Pike's agenda, tunleash a Third World War[14] upon the hapless population of Planet Earth, from which they conclude will emerge a New World Order. This projected confrontation is being presented as a so called `Clash of Civilizations,` between the purportedly Democratic West and a falsely depicted Islamic fundamentalist worldview.
 
Therefore, in order to negatively prejudice Western consciousness against Islam, the Illuminati, through its control of the international intelligence agencies, has artificially fomented militancy throughout the Islamic world, by the creation of terrorist groups together with the propagation of the illusion of Islam's imagined competition with the (not so) `democratic west.`[15]
 
In his book, `Terrorism And The Illuminati,`[16] David Livingstone explains candidly and with authority, that Islam poses no threat to the west whatsoever, and how the Muslim world has been so weakened by its own internal corruption, along with the subversive activities of the Western powers that since the demise of the Ottoman Empire, the Ummah has been in complete disarray, incapable of uniting sufficiently to even represent Islam, let alone defend itself against a technologically and militarily superior West.
 
This fact was acknowledged by the primary architect of the fabricated threat;. Zbigniew Brzezinski As to whether or not Islam is a menace to the Western World today, he states:
 
"Nonsense! It is said that the West had a global policy in regard to Islam. That is stupid. There isn't a global Islam. Look at Islam in a rational manner and without demagoguery or emotion. It is the leading religion of the world with 1.5 billion followers. But what is there in common among Saudi Arabian fundamentalism, moderate Morocco, Pakistan militarism, Egyptian pro-Western or Central Asian secularism? Nothing more than what unites the Christian countries."
 
In order to understand the forces now arrayed against the Islamic world, and how the continued survival of the Muslim people and their faith is of vital significance to those people in the West who still believe in God, righteousness and justice, and who intend to resist the imposition of a `New world Order,` we will now examine the root of the `Islamic question` and its connection to the `Nexus Of Evil, ` and thereby illustrate that the true Muslim is no enemy, but a brother worshipper of the one true God, and a brother with whom we have far more in common than most understand, and with whom we must develop that fellowship and common ground, for our very survival depends on it!
 
As I have maintained throughout this series, the age of conflict which has been a feature of recent history, is the product of a dark alliance of `magic,` money and intellect, with intellect almost invariably subordinate to, and in the service of money, and money likewise being in the service of magic; The infernal forces of magic (Illuminati) manipulating both money and intellect to it's will, with money being since the 20th century the primary overt source of it's visible power, and usury it's preferred `whip` of choice..
 
The Christian faith precludes the practice of usury, and yet throughout what was once termed Christendom, the corrupting principle of USURY - money traded as a commodity and lent at interest - has become the central component of the monetary system.
 
If one single all-embracing factor is to be sought for the utter dread of a resurgent Islam which now prevails in the highest centres of worldly power, it may be found in the Islamic moral delineation of economics; a system of ideas which challenges the entire foundation of the Illuminati `money power` in the West.
 
Islamic Economics:
 
Monetary reform campaigners in the West, especially in the United States, might be astonished by the quantity and quality of thinking which Muslim scholars have put into the subject of banking and of economics generally, all of it con-stellated by the Prophet Muhammad's (SAW) simple utterances. Here are some of the key elements of the Islamic economic philosophy:
 
Individual rights: These are a consequence of the fulfilment of duties and obligations, not antecedent to them. In other words, first comes the duty, then the right.
 
Property: Ownership is never absolute, conferring on us the right to do with our property wholly as we please. As the Sharia puts it, all property belongs to God; we are only its temporary incumbents and trustees; there are duties and responsibilities inseparably attached to the ownership of property.
 
Work and Wealth: Islam exalts work as an inseparable dimension of faith itself and reprehends idleness. We do not need work only in order to earn a livelihood; we need work to preserve our psychic health; we need to exercise creative skills and to spend energy in work.
 
Usury: The Quran utterly and forcefully prohibits the payment and receipt of interest, or `riba` as it is called. Interest on a loan is regarded as a creation of instantaneous property rights outside the legitimate framework of existing property rights.
 
The evil inherent in usury, however, is more recondite and elusive than that. The lending of money at interest can in many instances be advantageous to borrower as well as lender; fortunes have been made with borrowed money. It is only in the contest of a total way of life of a community that the evil nature of usury becomes more clearly visible to the moral imagination.
 
The principle of usury, once accepted, gives rise to the regular practice of it, requiring or making possible the emergence of a class of moneylender; human nature being as it is, and taking into account the circumstances in which money most often needs to be borrowed, the practice of usury is seen as conferring a compounding advantage on the moneylender class.
 
In 1979 the Mullahs in Iran (backed by MI6, CIA and funded by the `Money Power`) overthrew the Persian monarchy, one of the oldest in the world, while at the height of its power, replacing it with an Islamic Republic ostensibly dedicated to the implementation of the Sharia, a law of private and public conduct prescribed in the Quran.
 
Any understanding of the `Islamic Question,` as it relates to current events, is impossible without an appreciation of the dynamics, both conspiratorial and otherwise, which three decades since, propelled Iran and its people into the maelstrom of world events. So it is to that recent piece of human history, which our attention must now turn.
 
The Islamic Revolution:
 
An examination of the Islamic Revolution in Iran and its resulting geopolitical consequences can begin with three wide-ranging generalizations:
 
The Iranian Revolution showed that religion can still be a more potent mobilizer of mass political action than can secular ideologies;
 
The revolution challenged the cultural hegemony of Western ideas, not only as a religion but as an alternative social model and way of life;
 
The Iranian Revolution thus can be regarded as one of the most important events in modern history, comparable to the French Revolution in the 18th century and the Russian Revolution in the 20th century.
 
Following in the wake of the Revolution in Iran, the much publicised Salman Rushdie affair[17], and the propagated and highly spurious `spectre` of a supposed `terrorist` threat against the West, compounded and publicly legitimised throughout western consensus opinion, by the `false flag` on September 11th 2001, Iran and its far-flung adherents have remained persistently in the world's `spotlight.`
 
An exploration of the Islamic Revolution in Iran conveys two great truths with vast implications:
 
1. That religion can still be a more potent mobilizer of mass political action than can secular ideologies.
 
2. That the long-time hegemony of the Western social model had for the Iranian people abruptly.
 
The Conspiracy To Dethrone The Shah:
 
There are numerous reasons for believing that the emergence of a highly dynamic form of Islamic fundamentalism in Iran was a development of incalculable worldwide consequence. Since that fateful day of revolution back in 1979, the Islamic peoples have found themselves thrust into the very `storm-front` of world events; Ongoing wars in Iraq and Afghanistan, the conflict in Palestine, continuing troubles in several former Soviet republics involving Islamic majorities or minorities, the intimidation by China of Muslims in Xinjiang province, the seemingly endless conflict over Kashmir, and the tragic events of 9/11, have served to ensure that the much vaunted `Clash Of Civilisations,` remains, much as the `Cold War` once had, an ever present `threat,` in the minds of the western public's manipulated sense of reality.
 
In the West, the `Establishment` and media's portrayal of Iran's Islamic Revolution is that Khomeini's revolt was spontaneous and populist, and that it overthrew a repressive dictatorship that was hated by the people and supported wholeheartedly by the United States. It is true that the Shah's government was not a democracy and that his secret service, trained by the CIA, was one of the most effective and often brutal intelligence organizations in the world. But what is not reported is that prior to the British-sponsored massive public relations campaign on behalf of the Ayatollah, the government of the Shah was in general, supported by the vast majority of the population.
 
By 1973, Iran's economy had grown at a rate of 7-8% each year from 1965-1973 and was fast becoming an example for the developing nations of the world to follow. As far as the Illuminati was concerned this could not be allowed to continue. Illuminist goals were focused on world de-population and de-industrialization, as formulated by policy makers like Lord Bertrand Russell and as advocated by Illuminist lackeys such as Kissinger, Zibigniew Brzezinski and Robert McNamara (the then head of the World Bank), as well as by the British elites who controlled the World Wildlife Fund and other environmental front groups. Iran had to be brought down!
 
In 1977, the Club of Rome,[18] together with the Muslim Brotherhood,[19] created an organization to pursue to the graduated deconstruction of Iran's industry. Labelled `Islam and the West,` and Head-quartered in Geneva, it quickly came under the influence of former Syrian Prime Minister, and Muslim Brotherhood leader, Marouf Dawalibi, along with two non-Muslim luminaries, Aurelio Peccei, and another original endorser of Planetary Citizens, Lord Caradon, Britain's Jerusalem `expert` and former British ambassador to the U.S.
 
Among the sponsors and funders of `Islam and the West` were the prestigious International Federation of Institutions of Advanced Studies, Bilderbergers,[22] Aurelio Peccei, Prince Bernhard of the Netherlands, and Robert O. Anderson. The `Think Tank,` held its first planning sessions at Cambridge University in England.
 
Supported by the International Federation of Institutes of Advanced Study, and headed by Alexander King, `Islam and the West` assembled a policy outline in 1979, on science and technology for the subversion of Islam. Alexander King was also a Club of Rome member, and a founder of NATO. According to researcher Dr. John Coleman, when it was decided that a super-body would control European affairs, the Royal Institute for International Affairs [20]founded the Tavistock Institute,[21] which in turn created NATO.
 
`Islam and the West,` declared: "We have to return to a more spiritual conception of life... The first lesson of Islamic science is its insistence on the notion of a balanced equilibrium which would not destroy the ecological order of the environment, on which collective survival finally depends." This argument was used to denigrate `Western` science and technological progress in Europe and North America.
 
When the Shah had introduced his plan for modernization, it was the Ayatollah Khomeini backed by the covert machinations of the Club of Rome, who emerged as the leader of the `religious opposition.` Prior to his exile from Iran in 1964, Khomeini had been based at the religious city of Qom, where, according to Radio Free Iran, as reported by Dr. Coleman, a former British Intelligence agent, he received a monthly stipend from the British, with whom he was in constant contact with.
 
Seen as a major threat to the Shah's authority, Khomeini was deported to Iraq, where he lived until his arrest and subsequent deportation by the Iraqi government in 1978. French President D'Estang was then pressured to offer Khomeini refuge in France. Khomeini's stay in France was financed by Francois Genoud. As Coleman writes: "Once Khomeini was installed at the Chateau Neauphle, he began to receive a constant stream of visitors, many of them from the BBC, the CIA and British intelligence."
 
The attack on the Shah's government came through the Muslim Brotherhood and the Mullahs and Ayatollahs of Iran, supported and manipulated as ever by British Intelligence. Dr. John Coleman, a former British Intelligence agent and author of a number of books and monographs detailing the Establishment's plan for a socialist world government, states in his report on Iran's Islamic Revolution that the Muslim Brotherhood was created by "the great names of British Middle East intelligence, T.E. Lawrence, E.G. Browne, Arnold Toynbee. St. John Philby and Bertrand Russell," and that their mission was to "keep the Middle East backward so that its natural resource, oil, could continue to be looted..."
 
Dr. Coleman writes that in 1980 the broadcasts of Radio Free Iran divided the enemies of the Shah into four categories:
 
Iranian politicians bought by the Israeli Shin Bet,
 
2. The CIA's network of agents,
 
3. The feudal landowners,
 
4. The Freemasons and the Muslim Brotherhood (viewed as the same enemy).
 
The BBC Persian Service came to be nicknamed in Iran the "Ayatollah BBC" for its non-stop coverage of everything that Khomeini wanted to say. Soon a large segment of the Iranian public, most of them impressionable young students, became convinced that the Shah truly was evil and that a return to pure Shi'ite Islam under the Ayatollah's leadership was the only way to save their country. The Carter Administration, manipulated by British lackey Zbigniew Brzezinski, then collaborated with the British to topple the Shah and install Khomeini.
 
Dr. Coleman writes: "It was the BBC, which prepared and distributed to the mullahs in Iran all of the cassette tapes of Khomeini's speeches, which inflamed the peasants. Then, the BBC began to beam accounts of torture by the Shah's SAVAK to all corners of the world. In September and October 1978, the BBC began to beam Khomeini's revolutionary ravings directly to Iran in Farsi. The Washington Post said, "the BBC is Iran's public enemy number one."
 
In 1980, in accordance with the Nihilist philosophy he was serving, Khomeini proclaimed to the people of Iran, "destroy, destroy, destroy. There cannot be enough destruction."
 
Dr. Coleman relates that Carter appointed Trilateralist George Ball to head a commission on U.S. policy in the Persian Gulf. Ball's recommendation was that the U.S. should withdraw its support for the Shah's regime. Dr. Coleman quotes from the Shah's own memoirs to confirm the American stance, the reality that is contrary to the mass media-marketed `Establishment` line that the U.S. supported the Shah to the end:
 
"I did not know it then, perhaps I did not want to know - but it is clear to me now, the Americans wanted me out. What was I to make of the sudden appointment of Ball to the White House as an advisor to Iran? I knew that Ball was no friend of Iran. I understood that Ball was working on a special report on Iran. But no one ever informed me what areas the report was to cover, let alone its conclusions. I read them months later when I was in exile, and my worst fears were confirmed. Ball was among those Americans who wanted to abandon me, and ultimately my country."
 
After the Shah stepped down in 1979 and fled the country his `firm ally, the United States, even refused to allow him asylum forcing him to move with his family to Egypt. During the subsequent takeover of the American embassy when supporters of the Ayatollah kept Americans hostage for 444 days it became crystal clear to the entire world that the anti-democratic, anti-Israel Islamic movement was also very anti-West. Nonetheless the `Anglo-American Establishment 'continued to support and promote `radical` Islam.
 
In 1977 Bhutto of Pakistan, was removed; in 1979 the Shah of Iran was removed; in 1981 Sadat was assassinated, and in 1982 the Muslim Brotherhood revolted in Syria. Before 1977 the Middle East had been on the verge of achieving stability and industrial and economic parity with the West through nationalist policies and high oil prices, but by the early '80s the region was in flames. Egypt was reeling and Mubarak was consolidating a shaky hold on power. Iran and Iraq, both armed by the West, were beginning their long war. Israel and Syria were invading Lebanon that was fighting a civil war, and Russia was invading Afghanistan whose rebels were being supported by Pakistan. The de-population and de-industrialization scheme advocated by the British and adopted by the Americans was off to a great start.
 
The events which occurred in Iran back in 1979, and the subsequent repercussions worldwide have their roots, not in the religion of Islam, but in the Luciferian Illuminati age old conspiracy to control all the world and all its peoples. Unless we know what happened in the past we cannot begin to understand what is happening now; for it is only what happened in the past that gives meaning to much of what is happening now. And if we don't know what happened in the past and is happening now, we have no way of helping to determine what will happen in the future, for ourselves as individuals and for our community. With this in mind, it is expedient at this juncture to travel back in time and attempt to dissect the root causes of the so called `Islamic Question.`
 
Through The Past Darkly : Imperialism and Colonialism.
 
In Iran, perhaps more clearly than elsewhere, it has been possible for the observer to isolate and study separately the major influences which have been at work in dramatically awakening a near eastern religion which was long considered, much like Christianity in the West, to be in slow and even terminal decay. In particular, we can see, how by a incremental process, a purely religious set of ideas and values was able to inspire sufficient popular support to topple a powerful regime, backed by a great army and with virtually unlimited foreign support. Three primary factors need to be explored:
 
Islam in general as a faith;
 
Hostile influences which in Iran threatened the survival of Islam;
 
The hardened form of the Shi'ite sect of Islam with which the challenge was met.
 
Over the past 180 years, there can be no argument that foreign powers have heavily influenced Iran's international affairs to suit their own economic and strategic interests, with little or no regard for the opinions and interests of the Iranian people. Prior to 1945, the two predominant foreign powers in Iran were Russia and Britain. Russia was interested in territorial expansion, Britain in cornering the Iranian market for British trade, in securing the continental land bridge to India and later, of course, in controlling Iran's oil resources. The Iranians continued throughout this period to demonstrate their hostility to foreign intrusion, with the clergy (ulama) invariably playing a leading role.
 
From 1952 onwards, the Rothschild British were at least ostensibly replaced by the Rockefeller Americans, working in close alliance with the Rothschild Israelis, drawing the Shah and the masses mobilized by the ulama, inexorably into the final bitter and violent struggle planned for them. This culminated in the 1979 overthrow of Shah Mohammad Reza, last of the Pahlavi dynasty which had been installed by the British shortly after the end of World War I.
 
Since what looked like a combination of Rockefeller America and Rothschild Israel was actually something very much bigger, far more sinister and a great deal more complex, it is the motives and actions of the intrusive foreign powers that we need to examine before we can hope to understand what happened in Iran. Indeed, we find that what these powers had been doing in Iran was only another example of what they and other `European` (read Illuminati) interests had been doing during the same period in many other parts of the world, all manifestations of the phenomena known as imperialism and colonialism.
 
The subject was explored at depth and most comprehensively at the turn of the century by a prominent British journalist and author, J.A. Hobson, whose book `Imperialism: A Study,` deserves our attention. A book that was intended to set the `alarm bells` ringing for the British people, was used to good account by Lenin in 1916, when he was preparing his own thesis on capitalism: "I made use of the principal English work on imperialism, J.A. Hobson's book, with all the care that, in my opinion, this work deserves." [5]
 
The social pathology about which Hobson writes, is the debasement of politics, especially the politics of nationalism, by what he calls `Special interests,` financial in character, which promote policies inconsistent with the interests of the community. In other words, the peoples of the colonizing and imperialist countries of Europe were the victims rather than the beneficiaries of aggressively acquisitive policies conducted all over the world in their name.
 
For a definition of nation, Hobson quotes the philosopher John Stuart Mill:
 
"A portion of mankind may be said to constitute a nation if they are united among themselves by common sympathies which do not exist between them and others. This feeling of nationality may have been generated by various courses. Sometimes it is the effect of identity of race and descent. Community of language and community of religion greatly contribute to it. Geographic limits are one of the causes. But the strongest of all is identity of political antecedents, the possession of a national history and consequent community of recollections, collective pride and humiliation, pleasure and regret, connected with the same incidents in the past."[7]
It is a debasement of this genuine nationalism, by attempts to overflow its natural banks and absorb the near or distant territory of reluctant and unassimilable people, wrote Hobson, "that marks the passage from nationalism to a spurious colonialism on the one hand and imperialism on the other."
 
Conspiracies of `the few` seeking their own advantage at the expense of the people as a whole have unfortunately, ever been endemic in human society; but the usurpations of `the few` in the last century, which drew many of the nations of Europe into an irrational rivalry for conquest and plunder in Africa, Asia and elsewhere, were very different in character and purpose. Sectional interests in society; namely, big business and high finance, like a cancer in the human body, prospered while society as a whole suffered. In other words, the driving force of the new imperialism was primarily financial and broadly economic.
 
What happened to any country which contracted a debt and was unable to guarantee payment of the interest was demonstrated again and again in many parts of the so-called undeveloped world - for what other reason did France invade and attempt to conquer Mexico? More frequently the insufficient guarantee of an international loan gave rise to some other form of interference in the internal affairs of the debtor nation. We see an example of this in Egypt, which became for all practical purposes a province of Britain and where a bloody suppression of popular revolt had the support of enormous British national fervour.
 
Tunisia likewise became a `dependency` of France for no other reason than the securing of loans granted to that country. Perhaps it was China which suffered most as a result of the imperialist nations establishing footholds there, complete with arrogantly assumed extra-territorial rights which they were ready at all times to defend with armed might.
 
The question of how the people of Europe, especially their educated classes, including even their churchmen, could have allowed this to happen, demands a satisfactory answer? How did this imperialism escape general recognition for the predatory, evil and sordid thing it was? Each of the `predator` nations would rise quick enough to accuse its rivals of hypocrisy in masking greedy, aggressive and destructive behaviour with pretensions of altruism, but all were permitted by these educated classes to be equally guilty.
 
The Church:
 
There had long existed in all the countries of Europe a proportion of people with a genuine missionary zeal to spread Christianity among the `heathen` and to diminish the cruelty and suffering thought to prevail among them. It was hardly surprising, therefore, that the greedy and aggressive forces that directed imperialism would make good use of such disinterested movements, some of which had worked abroad -the Catholics in China and Ethiopia, for example-long before the birth of imperialism.
 
Leopold, King of the Belgians, when taking possession of the Congo with all its natural resources, was able to proclaim: "Our only program is that of the moral and material regeneration of the country."
 
Since most of the educated classes in Europe who allied themselves with imperialism were nominally Christian, and since the church itself was an imperial component of the alliance, there can be no disguising the fact that imperialism, which helped to precipitate an age of conflict unprecedented in recorded history, was as much nominally Christian in character as it was financial. The use of the word Christian in this context, however, must be qualified with the reminder that the missionary impulse was animated by the dynamic of an essentially power-oriented church, an institution with a strong appetite for expansion and growth, both in terms of adherents and of material advantage.
 
The dual character of the church nowhere was more clearly epitomized than in Winston Churchill's account of the religious service at Khartoum immediately after the defeat of the Mahdi's forces, which had sought to overthrow British hegemony in Sudan:
 
"... And the solemn words of the English Prayer Book were read in that distant garden... the bands played their dirge and Gordon's favorite hymn "Abide with Me" ... A gunboat on the river crashed out a salute ... Nine thousand who would have prevented it lay dead on the plain of Omdurman ... Other thousands were scattered in the wilderness, or crawled to the river for water."[11]
Churchill omitted the final touch: the deliberate shooting of the wounded crawlers.
 
The incongruity of so vast an exercise of cunning and force in the service of a cause "whose kingdom is not of this world" requires little emphasis. However, the hostile logic of a century and a half of imperialism is self-evident: those who offered any obstruction to what in the West was generally regarded as progress were held to "fully deserve" the punishment they got, however severe.
 
Since it is supposedly one of the primary intentions of religion to help people distinguish between right and wrong, or good and evil; since a century and a half of aggressive imperialism would have been impossible without the compliance and complicity of the Christian churches; since it has always been one of the functions of the intelligence, informed by religious insights, to restrain and regulate the appetite for acquisition and power -- it would seem that there was something radically faulty about Christianity as preached and practised during those decades of rampaging rival national imperialisms.
 
The Mullahs:
 
Iran and its people experienced foreign intrusion, intervention and interference during the century and a half before the revolution, as a continuous unfolding process. But, for the purpose of our own analysis, this needs to be considered as comprising two ostensibly separate, but interconnecting phases representing the periods prior to, and following World War II. On the former side of this divide, we find separate national imperialisms, mainly British and Russian, and on the latter a consolidated global imperialism wearing the outward appearance of an alliance of America and Israel, but which was in actuality a continuation and consolidation of the Rothschild's Rockefeller Illuminist Imperium.
 
During both periods; the pattern of ever increasing conflict between the foreign interest and Iran's religious class as a mobilizer of mass political action-was set quite clearly in 1892. This was a confrontation triggered by the action of the Shah in selling to a British company a monopoly for the cultivation and marketing of tobacco. The leading mullah of the day, Mirza Hassan Shirazi, promptly issued an order prohibiting the use of tobacco. Not only was this order instantly obeyed, but angry demonstrations occurred throughout the country. Intimidated by this show of strength, the Shah backed down, cancelled the contract and paid compensation to the British company.
 
The signal was loud and clear; there could be no security for the foreign interests and no `progress,` unless the power of the religious class could be broken. It was, therefore, with the approval of the British and the Russians that in 1905, the Shah yielded to revolutionary demands for representative government of the kind which had recently been introduced in Russia, with the hope no doubt, that party politics could be used to undermine the power of the Mullahs. A parliament (Majlis) was set up, and in 1906 Shah Musal Firudin became, nominally at least, a constitutional monarch. However, he died the same year.
 
The Mullahs who had given their support to the demands for constitutional reform were not deceived by the rubber- stamp Majlis that emerged, and the agitation continued, involving both religious and secular elements. At the height of this trouble, the British and Russians, without consulting the Persian government, announced that they had divided the country into two spheres of influence so as to counter any possible German threat to their interests. The Russians helped the new Shah, Mohammad Ali, to suppress the revolution, occupying Tabriz in the process.
 
A number of Mullahs were hanged and the shrine of Imam Reza at Mashad, one of Iran's most famous places of pilgrimage, was shelled. Mohammad Ali was then deposed by the Majlis and replaced by a regency which continued until Ali's son Sultan Achmad reached the age of 18 and was crowned in 1914-marking the commencement of a period of almost total national disintegration, as the whole country became a stamping-ground for foreign powers.
 
The New Dynasty:
 
Ignoring the young Shah's declaration of neutrality at the outbreak of the 1914-18 war, British, Russian and Turkish forces invaded the country, but the Bolshevik Revolution in 1917 eliminated the main patron of the Qajar dynasty. By 1919 Persia had no effective central government and separatist movements were in power in the provinces of Khuzistan, Gilan and Khorasan.
 
The only coherent force remaining in the country was a Persian Cossack division, which, after fighting against the Bolsheviks, had retreated through the British lines. Its leader, Brigadier Reza Khan, restored some semblance of order in Tehran and became the strongman in national politics. After the Persian government signed a treaty with the Soviet government, restoring relations with Russia, Reza Khan was encouraged by the British to stage a putsch. Shah Sultan Achmad was deposed and by 1925 the Cossack officer had been raised to the throne as Shahanshah (king of kings), assuming the dynastic name Pahlavi.
 
Unlike many of his predecessors, it was not in the nature of Shah Reza Khan, to be a mere `creature,` of the Imperialist foreign powers. On the contrary, he saw himself as being the saviour of his country and the defender of its national independence, and cultivated the fiction that he was an actual descendant of Iran's ancient kings. With Kemal Ataturk, Turkey's great modernizer, as his model, he was convinced that the religious classes were the only real obstacle to progress; and he proceeded with the ruthlessness of a Cossack soldier to try to destroy their power. It was, therefore, mainly for the purpose of strengthening his own position against the Mullahs that he sought and used the support of the foreign powers, playing one off against the other wherever possible.
 
The resulting effect was a complete transformation of the traditional monarchy, into a modern dictatorship armed with all the expertise and appurtenances of modern totalitarianism, including a ubiquitous secret police:
 
"In so far as the word "Modernization" has had any meaning in the Iranian context, what was modernized by the Pahlavi dynasty was the apparatus of repression . .. Among the few individuals to resist the imposition of the Pahlavi dictatorship in an open fashion was again one of the ulama, Sayyid Hasan Mudharris. He spoke up in the Majlis ... went into exile and was murdered in exile by agents of Reza Khan."[13]Professor Hamid Algar:
At the beginning of the 1930s, seeking to protect Iran from both the British and the Soviet Union, the Shah entered into an alliance with Germany; and by the commencement of hostilities in 1939, many thousands of Germans were working in Iran, with hundreds of Iranians studying in German universities and technical colleges. This brief alliance was to prove to be the Shah's undoing. In 1941, as the German forces were advancing deep into Russia, the British and their Soviet allies demanded he expel all the Germans and to permit the transit of supplies and reinforcements to the Russian front. When he refused to comply, the Allied forces invaded Iran and the Shah's 120,000-strong army vanished like "snow in summer."
 
The British, conducting a surprise attack on the Iranian navy at Khorramshahr, destroyed all the the Iranian ships, killing many of those on board. Iran was subsequently divided into two spheres of military occupation and the British, having appointed Reza Khan as Shah, now sent him into exile in South Africa, where he died three years later.
 
However, any expectations which the British and the Soviets may have had about their future role in Iran were to be disappointed, for in power-political terms World War II was to inaugurate an entirely new game in which the aims and ambitions of separate nations, like Britain and the Soviet Union, were to be of diminishing consequence. Unnoticed, except by a few percipient observers, following the cessation of hostilities, a new global imperium had risen, like a `phoenix ` from the ashes, geographically centred in the United States, but not specifically American. The various nations would maintain their embassies and continue to be involved in many ways, but their actual power to influence events in Iran and elsewhere would henceforth be purely marginal.
 
Quietly, and under pressure from Washington, London and Moscow signed a treaty with Iran under which all their forces would be withdrawn within six months of the war ending. In 1943 the United States set up its Persian Gulf Command and the American presence became increasingly conspicuous. The British and Soviets duly withdrew their forces in 1946, the nascent republics in the north were crushed, and the Tudeh Party was pushed into the background of public affairs. Developments continued according to program, but it was a program that remained for most people a great mystery.
 
 
Comments To : http://righteousalliance.blogspot.com/  
 
Reference Notes
 
Article on Iran in Comment, published by the Catholic Institute for International Relations, London, May 1980.  
Algar, Hamid The Roots of the Islamic Revolution (The Open Press, London, 1983), p. 9.  
Lectures at the Muslim Institute, London, 1980, Siddiqui's Preface.  
Taheri, Amir Nest of Spies: America's Journey to Disaster in Iran (Hutchinson, 1988).  
Lenin quoted by Paul Johnson in A History of the Jews (Weidenfeld and Nicholson, 1987).
Hobson, J.A. Imperialism: A Study (Geo. Allen and Unwin), Rev. Ed., 1938, p. vi.  
Hobson, op. cit., p. 5.  
Hobson, op. cit., pp. 46-7.  
Hobson, op. cit., pp. 53-4.  
Hobson, op. cit., p. 197.  
Hobson, op. cit., p. 205.  
Hobson, op. cit., p. 204.  
Algar, op. cit., p. 20.
 http://www.rense.com/general86/pikeknew.htm  
http://www.terrorism-illuminati.com/wahhabis  
http://www.terrorism-illuminati.com/node/35  
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Salmon_Rushdie  
http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/esp_sociopol_clubrome.htm  
http://www.terrorism-illuminati.com/muslim-brotherhood  
http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/sociopolitica/esp_sociopol_cfr_10.htm  
http://hardtruth.navhost.com/tavistock.html  
http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/esp_sociopol_bilderberg.htm  
 

The Nexus Of Evil - Pt 6
Introduction:
 
We must now take into consideration the revolutionary change in the nature and character of imperialism which occurred in the 20th Century. We shall examine its repercussions as far as the Islamic Revolution in Iran is concerned, and (in Part 7) its relationship to more recent events as witnessed in the brutal and immoral wars of aggression, being waged against the peoples of Palestine, Iraq, and Afghanistan, by the `Neocon` [2]Zionist forces of the Illuminati cabal, which although acting in the guise of US Imperialism, are in reality the visible and physical manifestations of a concerted Luciferian assault against the Umma.
 
It is now impossible for all but those whose hearts have been hardened by the evil one, not to discern the ultimate goal of this aggression as being the complete destruction of Islam as a comprehensive belief system, removing from Muslims their moral anchor and compass, thereby substituting a perverse Satanic mirror image of what has already happened here in the West in its stead.
 
The New Imperialists:
 
To the uninformed mass of humanity, it appeared as if a British imperialism which had prevailed in Iran without interruption since the end of World War I, was supplanted after the end of World War II by an American one - or, rather, by one consisting of an alliance of Rockefeller America and Rothschild Israel. Indeed, from quite early in the 1950s an American-Israeli presence was the dominating foreign influence in Iran; and yet strangely, it was almost exclusively against the Americans that the hostility of the Mullahs and the masses was directed, culminating in the invasion of the US embassy and the subsequent hostage drama, and it's accompanying media circus.
 
However, the reality was very different from the fiction, for what looked like an American-Israeli alliance, was in fact only the public picture presented by the `Hidden Face` of an altogether different model of imperialism, which had come into existence, displacing and replacing all the separate national imperiums. What began quite early in the twentieth century, and proceeded at a much accelerated pace after the end of World War II, was the progressive dismantling of all the separate national imperiums, including the American, and their subsequent absorption into something unprecedented in recorded history -- a global financial imperialism.
 
Instead of the moral illegitimacy, or political pathology of parasitical conspiracies of `special interests` inside the different Western nations, henceforth, a vast cosmopolitan parasitism of `special interests` would operate on a global basis, and with an endgame that was far more ambitious, being nothing less than a world economic and political imperium; a New World Order. Nationalist imperialisms were thus subsumed in a single international imperialism in the same way as we have seen very large commercial, industrial and financial enterprises swallowed and ingested into the concentrated ownership and control of vastly bigger, mainly financial conglomerates.
 
The overthrow of the Tsarist regime in Russia in 1917, along with the dispossession of all the European powers of their colonial empires, and the setting up of the United Nations as a world government-in-waiting, were all part of a power-concentrating process which began in the nineteenth century and visibly can be seen to be continuing at an accelerating pace to this day.
 
This metamorphosis in the nature of imperialism was one of the consequences resulting from a radical change in the realm of high finance, which can briefly be explained as follows: For a long time after the beginning of the modern industrial era, finance-capital (not to be confused with private enterprise capital) existed almost entirely in national concentrations: there was a British finance-capitalism, nominally answerable to a British government, which was in turn nominally answerable to an electorate; a German finance-capitalism, a French one, a Dutch, and so on, each joined to a national government and each government nominally answerable to a national electorate.
 
These nations were, in fact, plutocracies; each one an instance of what Hobson calls "social pathology," capable of maintaining themselves in power with a public opinion not sought and consulted, as before, but created as required, by news-media propaganda, patronage and other rewards of the business world. Money had become the measure of all things, with a ruling elite drawn less from the land and more and more from the factory and the counting-house. From around about the middle of the nineteenth century and well into the twentieth, these national concentrations of financial power were in vigorous competition, a major example of this being the scramble for colonies and markets in the so-called underdeveloped world. What then happened was that the many national vortices of financial power were drawn into a global vortex of financial power.
 
There can be no doubt that a major factor in bringing about this change in the realm of high finance was the long-continued existence within the different nations of Europe of Jewish banking families or dynasties which had always specialized in transnational operations. The story of how these financial dynasties consolidated their power on an international basis is explained at some length by Prof. Carroll Quigley in his 1300-page "History of the World in Our Time," Tragedy and Hope.[1]
 
It all began with what Quigley called "the third stage in the development of capitalism ... of overwhelming significance in the history of the 20th century, and its ramifications and influences subterranean and even occult." He adds:
 
"Essentially what it did was to take the old disorganized and localized methods of handling money and credit and organize them on an international basis."
But it was in the 1930s that the truly revolutionary change was to occur, when the control of this international financial system appeared to essentially pass out of the hands of those who had visibly created it -- the likes of J.P. Morgan in America and Montagu Norman in Britain ­ and at last openly into the hands of a `cosmopolitan` elite, no longer `high Episcopalian, Anglophile, and European-culture-conscious.` The shift occurred at all levels, says Dr. Quigley, and was evident in the decline of J.P. Morgan, which had hitherto dominated Wall Street.
 
It can thus be reasonably said that much of what was to happen in Iran and in many other parts of the world after the end of World War II had its parallel in the United States, where the ostensibly episcopalian Illuminati Bloodline families, [3]found themselves without the power to control their own universities, and where their national newspaper, the New York Herald-Tribune, fell into irreversible decline and died, like a ring-barked forest giant. The use of words like America and American in any discussion of world politics can thus be grossly misleading unless it is clearly understood that `American power` has ceased to be essentially American.
 
The dismantling of what was an essentially British oil empire in Iran, and its reorganization thereafter, on an international basis (as was done with Belgium's copper empire in the Congo in 1960) was therefore to be expected, having much the same effect as that produced by supposed `decolonization` in so many other parts of the world. The Anglo-Iranian Oil Company (AIOC) had been exploiting the oil fields in Khuzistan since 1901, and the demarcation of those fields, covering an area of 15,000 square miles, has been set out in a 1933 agreement. This giant company, writes Vincent Monteil, trained British subjects to take an interest in Iran's internal affairs, and "took pleasure in appointing the number of votes in the 'free' elections." In return -- to take only one year as an example -- AIOC paid Iran royalties or rent of £10 million in 1949, compared with £28 million paid in tax on profit alone to the British treasury.
 
In 1950, following the Shah's visit to the United States, where he held talks with President Truman and Secretary of State Dean Acheson, the `Americans` began to display an increased interest in the Iranian oil industry. A contingent of oil experts, businessmen and technicians visited Iran, and began to lay the `powder-trail` for a political explosion which was to take place less than twelve months later.
 
By making it widely known how much more generously they treated their partners in Saudi Arabia, Venezuela and elsewhere, an incendiary atmosphere was thus created as AIOC began negotiating for a further renewal of its contract. In the wildly confusing situation that ensued, all likelihood suggests, that it was the British who were initially instrumental in persuading the Shah to appoint the army chief-of-staff, Ali Razmara, as prime minister, charged with the task of handling these negotiations. However, typically, the British were soon conducting a furious campaign of character-assassination against Razmara, while at the same time, the Americans sought to bolster his regime with aid and by upgrading their own embassy as a visual display of sincerity. This little drama within a drama ended suddenly, and murderously when Razmara was assassinated, supposedly as a warning to any politician who dared to frustrate the growing demand for nationalization of the oil industry.
 
The killing was said to have been carried out by the `Fedayen of Islam` (Martyrs for Islam), but it was generally believed, and was undoubtedly the case, that orders for the assassination had come from the British by way of one of their former employees. But the question why begs asking? A draft bill for the renewal of the agreement with AIOC, introduced by Gen. Razmara, was defeated and a few weeks later, another bill introduced by Dr. Mohammad Mussadeq, [4]nationalizing the oil industry, was passed. Mussadeq was then appointed prime minister and Iran found itself involved in a titanic struggle with the ever furtive and treacherous British at the World Court and the United Nations. A great British company with many years of experience in Iran evidently had no intention of surrendering without a struggle.
 
Writes Amir Taheri: "That the United States wanted Mussadeq to succeed was demonstrated by the increase in American aid from $500,000 in 1950 to nearly $24 million two years later." [19] However, if the Iranians expected the Americans to help them to re-establish the oil industry on a national basis, they were soon to be disappointed, for American policy was to be dictated by considerations of a kind wholly inaccessible to the scrutiny of ordinary politicians and journalists. Whether, therefore, it was the Rothschild British or the Rockefeller Americans who were responsible for the small army revolt which dislodged Mussadeq has continued to this day to be a debatable question in Iran.
 
As a sincere nationalist politician enjoying much support from the religious class, himself being a practising Muslim, Mussadeq had performed the task required of him and had now to be removed. The Americans, therefore, joined willingly enough in the world-wide champaign, engineered by the British, to make it impossible for the Iranians to make a go of their nationalized oil industry. In the ensuing turmoil the shah hurriedly left the country, and as quickly returned after order had been established by the army.
 
The Point 4 Plan:
 
The Iranians may have found a key to the riddle of one of the most troubling periods in their much-troubled history in something that happened in Washington in 1949. This was a speech by Mr. Truman in Congress inaugurating his first full term as President, in which he unveiled a grandiose plan to "save the world from Communism" (so soon after America had saved the Soviet Union from Hitler!). This plan proclaimed a "bold new program for underdeveloped areas," a program "to greatly increase the industrial activity in other nations" and "to raise substantially their standards of living." The executors and agents of this plan, which came to be known as `Point 4` and Agency for International Development" or AID, were soon afterwards pressing for American assistance and advice on all the so-called `underdeveloped` countries, including Iran. What President Truman had presented, as we now can see more clearly, was the prefiguration of a new global financial imperialism whose primary purpose would be to dismantle and dislodge all the national economic imperialisms of the preceding 150 years.
 
A Washington report at the time said that American officials Concerned with President Truman's "Point 4" were working to the principle of "a new type of benevolent imperialism designed to spread prosperity without exacerbating political nationalism." Put more simply; if the project was initiated, "American nationals will serve on the governmental as well as the technical level in the politically independent countries concerned." Although seen in many quarters as being a disturbing innovation with regards to Asia and Africa, in Washington, it was to be regarded as only an extension of a system which was already in operation in Latin America.
 
Following President Truman's speech, former London Times foreign correspondent Douglas Reed wrote that he had a strong feeling that he had read it all before somewhere. And so it turned out he had, in a book by Earl Browder, leader of the American Communist Party, entitled ` Tehran, Our Path in War and Peace.` In Browder's words: "Our government can create a series of giant industrial development corporations, each in partnership with some other government or group of governments, and set them to work upon large-scale plans of rail-road and highway building, agricultural and industrial development, and all-round modernization in all the devastated and undeveloped areas of the world. Closely related socially, economically and politically with Africa are the Near Eastern countries of Arabia, Iraq, Iran, Syria, Lebanon, Palestine and Trans-Jordan. Here also a broad program of economic development is called for."
 
Significantly, it was a capitalist America and not a Communist Soviet Union which the Communist Party boss called on to undertake this ambitious program of financial and economic imperialism. Douglas Reed could only marvel: "There must be in America under President Truman, as under President Roosevelt, some group or force strong or persuasive enough to sell Communist aims to political leaders and simultaneously to convince them that these will stop Communism."
 
And it is to the same `hidden` source must be traced the true intentions of the architects of American state policy both during and after WWII, as being entirely distinct from that policy as publicly stated; namely, the promotion of two causes that were never publicly declared, but simply came to pass: the unhindered advance of the Red Army into the heartland of Europe and to the Pacific coast of Asia, and the continuous pouring of billions of financial aid every year into the then-new state of Israel.
 
Grand Design and Counter-Revolution:
 
The Ayatollah Khomeini's [5]`angry young men` who seized the American embassy after the revolution, did not fail to notice that many of the most telling policy directives from the State Department in Washington failed to tally with reports and interpretations from those men on the spot, who afterwards had to bear the full impassioned brunt of Iranian animosity. Members of the American embassy in Tehran, says Taheri, were led to understand that they should not report what they saw but, rather what Washington wanted them to report. What this meant was that a grand strategy and system of tactics were being implemented to which only a small inner core of policy-makers at the top were privy, creating an environment in which deeply clandestine purposes were heavily masked with an ostentation of innocent and benevolent intentions. The effect was an utterly baffling mélange of contradictory utterances and actions. As Taheri put it:
 
"The behind-the-scenes drama enacted over more than eight years in Tehran, Washington, Jerusalem, London, Cairo and a dozen other cities reflected the realities of a secret world which obeyed few rules either of international conduct or of individual morality. It is in this broader context that the Iran-gate fiasco might be properly understood."
This `viper's nest` of intrigue outside Iran had its own parallels inside the country. In the aftermath of the Revolution, all Free-masonic Lodges in Iran were closed, and their archives seized, confirming what many had suspected. Many of them were controlled by Jews or Baha'is[6] of Jewish origin, providing another channel of secret communication with Israel and Zionism in general.
 
So, how did the American Communist Party leader come to present in broad outline an ambitious program for Third World development, to be undertaken later at great cost by the United States and a wide network of international agencies? Another question: How did it happen, and how was it possible, for Armand Hammer, son of Julius Hammer, one of the founders of the American Communist Party, to proceed to Russia immediately after the Bolshevik Revolution and begin at once to organize a massive transfer of finance, industrial equipment and technology from the capitalist West to its supposed enemy, the Communist East?
 
The short answer to both questions will be found in what the German historian Oswald Spengler wrote immediately after the Bolshevik Revolution: "There is no proletarian movement, not even a Communist one, which does not operate in the interest of money, in the direction indicated by money and for the period permitted by money, and all this without the idealist in its ranks having the slightest suspicion of the fact."
 
Those who have penetrated the mystery of the strangely ambivalent relationship of high finance and Communism will not be surprised to learn that the Soviet Union supported the Shah to the end, and that articles in Pravda about events in Iran were almost exactly the same in tone and content as those in the New York Times.
 
If the unfolding history of our century can be said to be the product of an alliance of money and intellect, in the service of `Magical Forces.` (The Luciferian Conspiracy), it was the role of Earl Browder and very many of his kind, only a few of them to be identified as Communists, to take care of the intellectual half of this alliance. Writes Professor Hamid Algar:
 
"The return of the shah in 1953 inaugurated the intense period of a quarter of a century of unprecedented massacre and oppression, the intensive exploitation of the resources of the Iranian people by the imperialism of the East and West, the Western camp being headed then by the United States rather than Britain."
This then was the new imperialism, `American` and Israeli in appearance but international and `cosmopolitan` in character, drawing into its orbit power-wielding elements from all the previous national imperialisms, financial, political and intellectual. The Iranian oil industry, hitherto a British monopoly, was thus `internationalized,` the nominal national ownership of it left intact but its management entrusted to a consortium owned by AIOC, renamed British Petroleum (40 per cent), eight United States oil trusts (40 per cent), Shell (14 per cent) and French Petroleum (6 per cent).
 
The Great Satan:
 
We must now try to make some sense out of the phantasmagoria of confused and seemingly contradictory facts which emerged in the struggle between the Shah and his people that was to ensue.
 
The thrust of the Iranian struggle following World War II can be seen in the broadest terms as being a confrontation of mutually antagonistic hierarchies of ideas, values and vortices of power, actual or potential, the one belonging to the West and the other to the East, the one having modern America as its grand symbol of human progress and welfare, and the other regarding America as the arch-symbol of political illegitimacy, `The Great Satan.` And the Shah, because he was unable imagine any form of future for Iran except one modelled on the industrialized West, and because he, too, regarded his country's religious class as the great obstacle to progress in that direction, allowed himself to become, in every way, the puppet of the foreign powers being amassed by the Illuminists.
 
An assortment of ideological forces came into existence after 1953 intended to combat the dictatorship of the Shah and his subservience to the foreign powers; but behind all of them, a religious influence was increasingly becoming discernible; so much so, that even socialism, a secular ideology borrowed from the West, reappeared in Iran as "The Movement of God-fearing Socialists." This increase in religious influence came to a `head` in 1963 with the sudden emergence of the Ayatollah Khomeini, who was to play a role in the revolution resembling I some ways,if only superficially that of the Prophet Muhammad (SAW) in the seventh century, combining in a remarkable way the functions of a religious and secular leader.
 
The Shah's increasing determination to enforce his will on the Iranian population, was met with a corresponding increase in the power and influence of a religious class which symbolized the will and instinct of the mass of the people. The Shah's power to enforce his will was enormously increased by:
 
1) an increase in the amount of money at his disposal as oil production was resumed, and again as the price of oil rocketed;
 
And;
 
2) close cooperation with the external power, especially with its Israeli component, in the sophisticated use of secret police and prisons as instruments of terror and compulsion.
 
After 1963, even moderate opposition would result in either forced exile, imprisonment, torture and even murder, and the army was utilized to crush mass demonstrations mounted by the Ulama[7] in Tehran and other cities, when thousands of people were killed. In 1975 the director of Amnesty Internationals British section described Iran as the "world leader" in torture, executions after sham trials, and widespread political imprisonment. The cutting edge of the power which the Shah was able to bring to exert on his internal opponents was almost entirely provided by the United States and Israel; these were in reality however, never really separate entities in this regard, but only two aspects of one and the same world-revolutionary force.
 
The facts prove that American and Israeli influence were at all times inseparable. Prof. Algar says that after the coup of 1953, which ousted Mussadeq, there was cooperation at all levels, especially in intelligence and security work. He adds:
 
"After a certain point it appears that the task of staffing the Savak was taken over by Mossad, the Israeli security, from the CIA although the CIA always retained the right of supervision over the operations of Savak. I know of many people who report having been
interrogated and tortured by Israelis while in the custody of Savak." Algar continues: "There was overwhelming similarity between the two of utter dependence on the United States. Israel is hardly independent of the United States-or, rather, the matters are the reverse, Israel certainly commands more votes in the Senate than does the White House."

Corrupting Power: "Lie In Peace Cyrus For We Are Awake."
 
The career of Shah Mohammad Reza [8]illustrates to perfection Lord Acton's maxim that "power corrupts and absolute power corrupts absolutely." Through the process of unrestrained personal ambition the Shah became wholly separated from his own people- the corruption of leadership in its ultimate form. He believed in what he was doing, enjoyed the support of the greatest concentration of power outside his own country, and was able to draw from his oil industry so much wealth that he needed nothing from his people except their utter submission.
 
From 1970 he was even able to expand his influence abroad by giving away vast quantities of money, having raised his own country to a position of power and influence unprecedented in centuries. Writes Taheri: "Between 1968 and 1978 Iran earned more than $100,000 million from oil exports. More than 10 percent of that was used in the form of loans or outright gifts to friendly countries. The United Kingdom received from $1,200 million in loans ... In West Germany Iran purchased substantial shares in Krupps and Benz as a means of saving them from financial difficulties... More than seven hundred "key personalities" in some 30 countries were on the secret Iranian payroll from 1979 onwards."
 
Iran's huge arms expenditure in the wake of the 1973-74 oil-price rise helped Western economies to avoid recession. At the same time, under the Nixon-Kissinger doctrine [9], Iran was seen as the regional power that would defend Western interests and act as policeman in the Persian Gulf and Indian Ocean. The Shah had assigned to himself a role in history comparable, in his imagination, only with that of the founder of the Persian Empire in 600 BC. Of this he informed the world in October 1971 when, flanked by his generals, he presented himself before the tomb of that great monarch, now little more than a pile of stones in a vast arid plain, and ceremoniously read a eulogy which began with the words: "Lie in peace, Cyrus, for we are awake!" This was followed by a party among the grandiose ruins at Persepolis attended by more than five hundred dignitaries, including kings, presidents and prime ministers from sixty countries. All this, as the shah remarked at the time, was intended to mark "the rebirth of the Persian Empire and Iran's return to the forefront of human experience."
 
Other products of the Shah's megalomania were the proposed 1,200-acre Shahestan-e-Pahlavi architectural extravaganza at Tehran and 20 planned nuclear power plants. This kind of development favoured Western economics and Western contractors who shared the pickings with a new class of Iranian monopolists and technocrats, but did little or nothing for the Iranian economy as a whole. Carried away by this dream of national greatness, what the Shah seemed unable to understand was that the role he had assigned to himself was wholly subordinate to another which had been assigned to him by those who were encouraging him in his ambitions. In other words, that the Iranian national drama, so impressive when viewed separately, was intended to be no more than an episode in a vastly bigger world-historical drama.
 
So, it is the motivational system of the likes of Henry Kissinger - during most of the 1970s the Shah's warmest `friend` and most trusted adviser -- that calls for some consideration. How and for what purpose were these powerful individuals trying to use the Shah? A short but inadequate answer is that the new international cosmopolitan imperialism, spearheaded by Israel, had come to regard the Arab world and its Islamic religions as being by far the greatest hindrance to the attainment of its great objective, a one-world government which it could control at all levels; and Iran, with its considerable non-Arabic population and huge oil wealth, was seen as a possible countervailing force which could be used against the Arab world.
 
The first step was to make Israel virtually synonymous with America in terms of foreign support in all fields, and then, by steady progression, provide the Shah with a means of suppressing all internal opposition. In fact, the Shah's security forces were virtually taken over by the Israelis and reinforced with non-Islamic personnel, largely recruited from non-Muslim population elements, especially the Bahais, largely people of Jewish descent no longer practising the Jewish religion. This gave the Shah an instrument which could be used with the utmost ruthlessness against the population and against the religious class in particular.
 
The commanding importance attached to Iran as a piece on the chequerboard of global power politics was emphasized shortly after the fall of the Shah when support from both sides of the so-called Iron Curtain was given to Iraq, and when the most flagrant violations of international law by Iraq, including the first attacks on neutral shipping, and even the use of poison gas, were disregarded or excused. The external powers, the USSR included, also doggedly refused to name Iraq as the aggressor. Then when it had become clear that Iraq could not win, the combined efforts of the external powers had to be used to prevent an Iranian victory -- an exercise which eventually called for direct American military action in the Persian gulf.
 
The `Mind`field:
 
The Iranian struggle was won and lost on the battleground of the mind. All the ideas which the Shah could muster in favour of the visible benefits of the Western social model, supported with a maximum application of force and terror, proved to be no match for a system of ideas, promoted by the Mullahs, which united the people as never before and infused them with death-defying courage. This was something the Shah could never understand: an invincible unity of the people which embraced old and young, uneducated and educated, including even those who had received their schooling in the West. Thus, we learn that the Shah's last visit to Washington at the invitation of President Carter in November 1977, was marred by unprecedented demonstrations by Iranian students, and that the tear-gas used by the police drifted across the White House lawns and caused the Shah to shed a few tears.
 
For the purpose of study and discussion, this victorious system of ideas can be considered under two headings: populism and religion. The use of the word populism, however, calls for an explanatory note: it means what democracy used to mean and is still assumed to mean -- namely, government by the people, direct or representative. However, since the word democracy is now almost universally applied to states which are not democracies as defined in the dictionaries, it can only be said to have ceased to be "legal tender."
 
The nations of the West are, in fact, plutocracies, or special-interest oligarchies, wearing many of the trappings of democracy -- political parties, the ballot box, etc. As Thomas Jefferson is quoted as having said, "Democracy; two wolves and a sheep discussing what's for dinner."
 
All populist movements have their origin in a deeply rooted instinct, a social or political instinct, which prompts people to react negatively to any rule which, judged by the results produced, they do not feel to be truly their own. Primitive societies which have endured down the ages can be regarded as models of legitimate rule and an example to the huge sophisticated societies of the modern world, in which the factor of legitimacy has become wholly absent. The actual system matters very little: it could be a monarchy, or a dictatorship, or an oligarchy or a conventional democracy; there is no system of rule which has not been known to work to the satisfaction of those ruled; any system acceptable provided that it is implemented by those who can be regarded as the legitimate nominees of those ruled, leaders who are sensitive to the feelings, values, beliefs and group memories of the ruled.
 
Amir Taheri, a West-oriented Iranian journalist and no friend of the mullahs, says of the shah in 1976: "He did not need the people for their votes in a general election. He was there by divine right and parliamentary elections, organized every four years, were little more than ritualistic exercises in futility." And the Shah had long since abandoned the practice of travelling around the country to make direct contact with his people.
 
Other populist resistance movements in Iran since before the turn of the century, some of them modelled on similar movements in the West, were all influenced in some degree by the religious class, but the one that finally triumphed was religious to its core, inspired by a great religious leader and organized and managed throughout by the Ulama. From all of which it would seem to follow that for the West, with all its illusionary democracies and its Christian church fallen into disarray and demoralization, there should be much to learn from the role of religion as a mobilizer of mass political action, and about politics in general. However, any consideration of the role of religion in Iran - a role which would to most be unthinkable in the West today; needs to be preceded by a few thoughts about religion in general, not this or that manifestation of it, but religion as a factor of commanding importance in human affairs everywhere and at all times of which we have any record.
 
Religion:
 
Religion can be said to have two main aspects: personal and social. Religion can be a strictly personal phenomenon, joined to or wholly independent of any prevailing orthodoxy or doctrine. A sound attitude towards the totality of existence, a submission of the will to a system of cosmic law external to and superior to the intellect, no matter how such an attitude may have been acquired, is all that is needed for what C.G. Jung describes as "a religious attitude to life," or state of psychic well-being. For most people at all times, a taught religion has provided the easiest access to such an attitude, for which the only proof needed is that it works.
 
Religion can, therefore, also be a social phenomenon, a system of consensus belief having its origin in some prophet and offering spiritual security and some measure of creative release to an entire community, even to an epoch. Consensus religions, like all other human artefacts, are exposed to the vicissitudes of time and change and thus are liable to lose some of their pristine efficacy, their power to fulfil the purpose for which they came into existence.
 
So, what is the purpose of a consensus religion, if any, apart from that of helping the individual to find psychic orientation?
 
One simple but of course insufficient answer is that a consensus religion serves as a repository of values and a system of tested knowledge in respect of what is `right` and `wrong` in human relations. This implies that certain cosmic laws which are relative to what people do, or what is done to them, are somewhere encoded in human nature, not as ready-made ideas, but only as instinctual intimations which must then be conceptualized and verbalized as ideas capable of being communicated and discussed. These we categorize as being `moral` or `metaphysical` laws of a most volatile and elusive kind which are easily lost and are continually having to be rediscovered reinforced, consolidated and verbalized anew. And it is precisely these laws which if observed and applied in whatever form, keep a society as it were `on course,` preserving it against disintegration and disorder; more simply put, providing it's moral compass.
 
Islam And Christianity:
 
Only blind prejudice can prevent anyone who has gone to the trouble of studying even a summary of the contents of the Quran[11]from realising that the Prophet Muhammad (SAW) [10]was a moral genius. A man who, under pressure of a personal crisis of the mind, gained a quite extraordinary insight into those metaphysical laws, so hard to grasp, which prevail inexorably inside the human mind and in human relations. And it was the circumstances then prevailing that made it possible, even inevitable, that one man's breakthrough to a rare state of enlightenment via divine revelation, would expand quickly into a consensus religion destined to spread very quickly over most of the then known world.
 
Muhammad (SAW), like Jesus Christ (SAW) about 600 years earlier, was living in what can be described as `end times` -- much like conditions present in the Western world today -- when civilisations, no longer sufficiently in `tune` with the unalterable realities of human nature, have begun to disintegrate. Social existence degenerates into a frantic scramble for personal survival and advantage as people cease to find in their social group a sense of shared security and mutual obligation and duty, and very many begin to suffer within the recesses of their minds.
 
What is most significant is that the Church in the West is disintegrating along with everything else, compounding rather than counteracting the process of decline in the West. Here a clear distinction must be drawn between two aspects of Christianity as a consensus religion: the Church Extant and the Church Invisible; the church as a great property-owning and power-oriented institution and the church in its nascent form as a message of personal deliverance. Both Christianity and Islam spring from the same insights and share with Judaism the same even more ancient monotheistic symbolism. The Quran says: "Jesus the Messiah, the son of Mary, was a Messenger of God, His word which He placed in Mary, and His spirit" (IV.171). There was, and remains therefore, no fundamental antagonism between Islam and Christianity.
 
The major difference between the two religions is that Islam did not create a church or its equivalent, and that the Christian Church, obedient to the laws of worldly growth, was everywhere inclined to make common cause with centres of worldly power. The failure of the church in the West is summed up in Balzac's trenchant remark that "there can be no universal application of Christianity until the money problem has been solved." Alas, the church has never been at odds for long with "Caesar" in the ultimate form as concentrated financial power.
 
It is mainly for this reason that Islam, with its determined prohibition of usury, is now seen as a major threat to the Illuminati structure of power in the West, challenging the very moral foundations on which it has been raised. The code of conduct, both for rulers and ruled, explicit in Islam's Sharia, was once largely implicit in Christianity's basic teaching ("Do unto others as you would be done by"). The main difference between the two faiths arose out of the fact that Muhammad (SAW) was compelled by the circumstances of his time to become a political leader, administrator and soldier, as well as religious leader. The meanings belonging to "a kingdom not of this world" were thus brought into close relationship with meanings more directly relevant to the unavoidable actualities of "this world."
 
Perhaps the most important aspect of all, when taken in the context of the present world situation, is that Islam presents in clear outline the moral configuration of Economic Man: worker, owner, dealer in the products of labour, his duties, obligations and rights. The injunction on the subject of usury may not have seemed all that important at the time when few, if any, of the Prophet's followers might have been interested in the lending of money. But, today, usury is the linchpin without which the greatest concentration of diabolical worldly power ever seen would simply collapse, and therein lies our only hope for earthly salvation.
 
Centuries of antagonism between the Christian and Muslim worlds can be traced to a great variety of causes, but one of its main effects, as we can now see more plainly, was that of preventing the people of the West from recognizing and getting to grips with a corrupting principle which had been planted in their midst; USURY!
 
The Shia:
 
For an explanation of the Iranian Revolution, it is not Islam in general but a particular version of it called Shi'ism [12]that needs to be more closely examined, a kind of fundamentalism which, besides setting Iran fiercely at odds with the Western world, has had the effect of driving Iran into isolation, separated also from the rest of the Islamic world. Professor Algar writes:
 
"The revolution in Iran and the foundation of the Islamic Republic is the culmination of a series of events that began in the sixteenth century of the Christian era with the adherence of the majority of the Iranian people to the Shi'i school of thought in Islam. Indeed, one of the important factors that sets the Iranian Revolution apart from all the other revolutionary upheavals of the present century is its deep roots in the historical past."
What has happened can be stated in a few words: Shi'ism has presented in sharper and clearer outlines the religious configurations of what we might call `Political Man.` This has entailed the politicization of the Ulama and its involvement in public affairs to a degree unequalled anywhere outside Iran. The secular leaders of the other Islamic states, many in thrall to the same Luciferian forces, at work here in the West, view what happened in Iran as a usurpation by the religious class that could place their own corrupted regimes in danger. But this involvement in politics by the Muslim clerics has deep roots in history and is supported with considerable scholarship. Writes Prod Algar:
 
"With the hindsight provided by the Islamic Revolution, it will be more appropriate to write the Iranian history of the past three or four centuries not so much in terms of dynasties as in terms of the development of the class of Iranian ulama. Dynasties have come and gone, leaving in many cases little more than a few artefacts behind to account for their existence. but there has been a continuing development of the class of Shi'i Ulama in Iran which has been totally without parallel elsewhere in the Islamic world."
Prof. Algar explains briefly how the burdens of state came to be placed on the shoulders of the religious scholars and how they learned to cope:
 
"With the decline of the Safavid dynasty in 1724, a period of anarchy began in Iran. At one point within the 18th century we find no fewer than 13 different contestants for the throne doing battle with each other. The total disintegration of the political authority accelerated the process of divorce between the religious institution and the monarchy. We can say that in the absence of an effective centralized monarchy throughout the 18th century the ulama came in a practical fashion ... to assume the role of local governors, arbitrators of disputes, executors at law and so forth."
This experience over an extended time period produced a change in Shi'ism; for there had to be some change in theory and scholarship to accommodate an expanded range of duty and mental activity. And so a great debate arose about the duties of the religious scholar, whether he should confine himself to the sifting of the teachings of the Prophet and its interpretations, or whether it was permissible for him to engage in independent reasoning in respect of legal questions. The first position acquired the Arabic name akhbari and the other the usuli.
 
It would be difficult indeed to exaggerate the profundity and far-ranging implication of this debate; the question at issue is whether a consensus religion can be a `total way of life` for any society unless its scholars and teachers are also experts in jurisprudence and other affairs of state and have been trained to exercise their intellects in secular as well as religious matters, thereby acquiring competence to monitor the performance of the rulers. Were it not for the triumph of the usuli position in the 18th century, the religious scholars would have been reduced to an extremely marginal position in society and the Iranian Revolution of 1978 would have been impossible. The whole significance of the Ayatollah Khomeini arises from the fact that he was the living embodiment of this activist tradition, the fruition of long years of political, spiritual and intellectual development.
 
As the mass of the Iranian population was instinctively repelled by the conditions of existence created in the name of Westernisation and progress, and after the failure of many attempts by various popular movements, like Mussadeq's National Front, to place some curbs on the Shah's dictatorial power, all turned to the Ulama and accepted it unreservedly as the sole legitimate authority and thereafter responded unquestioningly to its commands. Khomeini could, therefore, feel secure in the knowledge that he had the mass of the population firmly behind him when early in 1963 he virtually launched the revolution with a series of public declarations at Qum, in which he accused the Shah of having violated the constitution and the oath he took when enthroned that he would protect Islam.
 
He further attacked the Shah for his subordination to foreign powers, naming the United States and Israel, whom he associated with political and imperialist Zionism. The secret police `Savak` had permitted some qualified criticism of America but had always rigorously enforced the rule that not even the name of Israel must ever be mentioned in public discussion. After one of these addresses, Khomeini's centre at Qum was stormed by paratroopers and Savak members, a number of people were killed and the Ayatollah arrested. Released a few days later, he continued to attack the Shah, with the result that there followed on June 5th 1963 a vast uprising in many Iranian cities. This was repressed with great force and it was estimated that within a few days at least 15,000 people were killed in the shooting ordered by the shah. Khomeini was arrested again and sent into exile in Turkey, whence he moved later to Iraq and then to Paris.
 
Two features of the ensuing revolution which culminated in the final explosion of public anger towards the end of 1978 call for special notice. The more important of these was the factor of martyrdom, that is resistance of a kind undeterred by the fear of death. The other was the communications factor, the apparent ease with which the leader of the revolution, even from distant Paris, could reach a widely distributed population with information and instruction.
 
The communications factor is more easily explained: the Ulama represented a nationwide communications network with its mosques and Madrassas (religious schools), its Mullahs and its students, vastly expanded and expedited by two products of modern technology, the telephone and the tape-recorder. A declaration by the ayatollah, spoken into a telephone in Paris, would be recorded in Tehran or some other Iranian city, copied and transcribed and retransmitted to other parts of the country, where the process would be repeated until within a few hours it would have reached even small and widely separated villages.
 
All this was made possible however, only by reason of the accumulated learning and preparatory work of four centuries which had equipped the Ulama for such a role, so that all knew exactly what they were expected to do and why, a rare condition in any society. This communications system, wholly dependent on the zealous participation of thousands of individuals, proved in the end to be more than a match for a powerful press, radio and television, all vehemently supportive of the Shah's regime. All that needs to be said about the highly abstruse martyrdom factor is that in Shi'ism the concept has been more thoroughly elaborated as a main component of the Islamic faith. It is something ever present in the consciousness of the Iranians. Hence the Shi'i maxim: "Every day is Ashura and every place is Karbala" - referring to the martyrdom of the Imam Hussain.
 
It was this factor that gave to mass political action in Iran, especially throughout 1978, a `diamond-hardness` that was proof against all the ruthless and sophisticated physical force which the Shah and his close Israeli ally could mount against it. During the first days of December 1978, a large number of people appeared in the streets of Tehran and other cities wearing their shrouds, prepared for martyrdom and advancing unarmed on the rows of machine guns ready to be used to deadly effect.
 
Notwithstanding the part in the drama played by the intelligence agencies of the `western` powers, and the massive, if hidden, and apparently prejudicial (to their own interests) financing by the International Bankers, (as was the case with the Russian revolution) by no other means could the people of Iran have overthrown one of the 20th century's most powerful and ruthless tyrants.
 
In Part Seven, we will follow the `money trail` up to the present day and hopefully show that a solution to our planet's woes is possible, if people of good heart and true faith will renounce petty doctrinal differences, come together and cease to give, give, give to the great force of evil which stalks our world, everything it wants to swallow.
 
Comments to: http://righteousalliance.blogspot.com/
 
Reference Notes:
 
1] http://sandiego.indymedia.org/media/2006/10/119975.pdf  Tragedy And Hope  
2] http://www.oldamericancentury.org/pnac.htm  
3] FrtizSpringmeier : http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/bloodlines/index.htm  
4] http://www.mohammadmossadegh.com/biography/  
5] http://www.iranchamber.com/history/rkhomeini/ayatollah_khomeini.php  
6] http://www.bahai.org/  
7] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ulema  
8] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mohammad_Reza_Pahlavi
9] By the last years of the Nixon administration, it had become clear that it was the Third World that remained the most volatile and dangerous source of world instability. Central to the Nixon-Kissinger policy toward the Third World was the effort to maintain a stable status quo without involving the United States too deeply in local disputes. In 1969 and 1970, in response to the height of the Vietnam War, the President laid out the elements of what became known as the Nixon Doctrine, by which the United States would "participate in the defense and development of allies and friends" but would leave the "basic responsibility" for the future of those "friends" to the nations themselves. The Nixon Doctrine signified a growing contempt by the U.S. government for the United Nations, where underdeveloped nations were gaining influence through their sheer numbers, and increasing support to authoritarian regimes attempting to withstand popular challenges from within. In the 1970s, for example, the CIA poured substantial funds into Chile to help support the established government against a Marxist challenge. When the Marxist candidate for president, Salvador Allende, came to power through free elections, the United States began funneling more money to opposition forces to help "destabilize" the new government. In 1973, a U.S.-backed military junta seized power from Allende. The new, repressive regime of General Augusto Pinochet received warm approval and increased military and economic assistance from the United States as an anti-Communist ally. Democracy was finally re-established in Chile in 1989.  
10] http://www.islamweb.net/ver2/archive/index2.php?vPart=74&startno=1&thelang=E  
11] http://www.quranexplorer.com/quran/  
12] http://www.islamfortoday.com/shia.htm  


The Nexus Of Evil - Pt 8
Introduction.
 
In Part eight, we will examine the events leading up to the tragedy of September 11th 2001[18], and the resulting consequences for the world at large, in the aftermath of the Illuminist's attack on the collective psyche of the American people. This article will not contain an in depth analysis of that fateful day some eight years ago, rather it will take a broad overview of the conspirators involved, the reasoning behind that cowardly and murderous act, and the crucial part it played in the lead up to the intended Third World War, which forms the very fulcrum around which the whole `One World Luciferian Agenda` revolves.
 
Firstly, let's look at those main personalities who though not the `architects` of the conspiracy, are the `Front Line` Officers ensuring that orders are obeyed and the overall strategy adhered to.
 
So, who or what are the `Neo Cons` we have heard so much about since 9/11?
 
Leo Strauss -The Neo-Conservative.
 
Rupert Murdoch's Fox Media Network is the principal broadcasting outlet for the Neo-Conservative agenda, which can be said to be the primary organ by which the Illuminati are manipulating world events towards the so-called "Clash of Civilizations." The intellectual influence behind so called Neo Conservatism was Leo Strauss[1], who in the words of Barry Chamish[2], is today's leading Frankist thinker[3]. Strauss arrived in the US as a refugee from Nazi Germany in 1937, and began teaching shortly after at the Rockefeller sponsored University of Chicago. It was Robert Maynard Hutchins, the University Chancellor, Aquarian[4] conspirator, member of the CFR[5], and one of the original sponsors of the Aspen Institute[17], who arranged for Strauss' tenure at the university.
 
Strauss believed that the works of ancient philosophers contain intentionally hidden arcane meaning. Like Plato, he taught that within societies, there are those who are fit to lead, and those who are only fit to follow. Not surprisingly considering his father's connections with the Austrian Nazi party, the current Governor of California, and friend of the Rothschilds, Arnold Schwarzenegger,[19] is in complete agreement with Strauss on this matter, and was quoted recently as saying, "My relationship to power and authority is that I'm all for it. People need somebody to watch over them. Ninety-five percent of the people in the world need to be told what to do and how to behave,"
 
For Strauss, it was Machiavelli who initiated the Enlightenment[6], by his rejection of the purely theoretical world of Plato[14], in favour of a more practical interpretation of reality, thereby creating political science. For Strauss, in accordance with Machiavellian thinking, virtue would not be applicable, because no regime could meet its standards. Rather, a new regime should be created, by accepting, understanding, and harnessing man's tendency for self-interest, or what he termed basic "human nature."
 
Strauss determined that the only individuals fit to rule, were those who realised that there was no absolute standard of morality. He believed the world to be a place where policy advisers should be willing where necessary to deceive their own people, and sometimes even their rulers, in order to protect their country's interests. If exposed to the absence of absolute truth, the masses would quickly succumb to nihilism[7] or anarchy[8]. According to Strauss, it would be necessary on occasion, to maintain these "pious frauds", or "the Noble Lie",
 
Like Thomas Hobbes[9], Strauss believed that the inherently violent nature in man could only be controlled by an all powerful nationalistic state apparatus. Put another way, by Fascism. "Because mankind is intrinsically wicked, he has to be governed," he wrote. "Such governance can only be established, however, when men are united- and they can only be united against other people."
 
Shadia Drury wrote in `Leo Strauss and the American Right:`
 
"Strauss thinks that a political order can be stable only if it is united by an external threat." Ultimately, as Drury clarifies, "following Machiavelli, he maintained that if no external threat exists then one has to be manufactured."
 
The Project For The New American Century : Rebuilding America's Defences.
 
The tragedy of September 11th 2001 was, that new `Pearl Harbour` deemed necessary by the PNAC in order to provide justification for their plan to foment Albert Pike's global Clash Of Civilisations between Islam and the West, and events seen in Afghanistan and Iraq since have certainly proceeded very much according to Pike's `blueprint.`
 
Established in the spring of 1997, the `Project for the New American Century` was founded by, among others, Dick Cheney and Donald Rumsfeld, with the aim of promoting and furthering the neo-conservative agenda. The present chairman is Bill Kristol, of the right-winger propagandist Weekly Standard. Prominent throughout PNAC is Richard Perle, former chair of the powerful Defence Policy Board and fervent supporter of Israel. In Washington, even his `friends` call him "The Prince of Darkness" Another influential PNAC member is Elliott Abrams, of the National Security Council. These primary movers and shakers of this radical group, subsequently became the foreign policy, military, and national security establishment of the United States government. Dick Cheney, Rumsfeld, Perle, Wolfowitz, Abrams, and their accomplices were quite literally the men running America. Some other PNAC high-profile players are; former presidential candidate Gary Bauer, Govenor Jeb Bush, and former director of the CIA Robert James Woolsey.
 
The PNAC Mission Statement (excerpts).
 
Does the United States have the resolve to shape a new century favorable to American principles and interests? "[What we require is] a military that is strong and ready to meet both present and future challenges; a foreign policy that boldly and purposefully promotes American principles abroad; and national leadership that accepts the United States' global responsibilities. The history of the 20th century should have taught us that it is important to shape circumstances before crises emerge, and to meet threats before they become dire...
 
Basically, we are dealing with an organisation which promotes a doctrine of world domination and exploitation in order to further American (read Zionist/Illuminist) interests. Among the PNAC's "fundamental propositions" is the belief that "American leadership is good both for America and for the world." "Does the U.S. have the resolve to shape a new century favourable to American principles and interests?" asks the PNAC. Their policy would be achieved through imperialism and pre-emptive strikes. In order to become capable of achieving this "global responsibility," they contend that it is necessary to have a large dominant modern military. They advocate openly for substantial increases in military spending on arms and technological research. Essentially, their plan dramatically expands the military-industrial-complex.
 
Another of the PNAC founding and predominating principles was; "that what is good for Israel is good for America. Even though the PNAC statements are using the "America" vernacular, it appears by their actions, their true hidden agenda is "Israeli-American interests."
 
This sinister "brain centre" of the military-industrial-complex is composed of top elitist from many different sectors, but predominately it is headed by right wing politicians, military strategists and defence contractors. Emerging as a major organ of the Illuminati's `Nexus Of Evil,` these neo-conservatives intend nothing less than total world domination though military and financial supremacy.
 
PNAC Members Given Positions Of Influence.
 
Following his election in 2000, George W. Bush installed many of the PNAC's major `players` into key positions of power within his new administration. The following list of appointments taken from http://911exposed.org/PNAC.htm show exactly where President Bush's loyalties lay, and what agenda he intended to pursue during his term in office:
 
Elliott Abrams ­ National Security Council, pled guilty to the charge of lying to Congress in the Iran/Contra scandal, later pardoned by George Bush Sr.
 
Richard Armitage ­ Deputy Secretary of State.
 
John R. Bolton ­ served as Under-secretary for Arms Control and International Security in the Bush administration, then U.S. Ambassador to the United Nations.
 
Richard Cheney ­ Vice President, PNAC Founder, and ex-CEO of Halliburton. Previously served as Secretary of Defence.
 
Seth Cropsey ­ Director of the International Broadcasting Bureau.
 
Paula Dobriansky ­ Under-secretary of State for Global Affairs.
 
Francis Fukuyama ­ White House Council Member.
 
Bruce Jackson ­ President U.S. Committee on NATO.
 
Zalmay Khalilzad ­ Ambassador to Iraq. Previously served as U.S. Ambassador to Afghanistan from November 2003 to June 2005.
 
Lewis "Scooter" Libby ­ National Security advisor for the Vice President. Indicted by Grand Jury on charges of Obstruction of Justice, False Statements and Perjury and resigned October 28, 2005.
 
Richard Perle ­ PNAC founder, Chairman of the Defense Policy Board, Director of the Jerusalem Post. Had been accused of spying for Israel.
 
Peter W. Rodman ­ Assistant Secretary of Defense for International Security.
 
Donald Rumsfeld ­ Secretary of Defense, and a PNAC founder. He served as Secretary of Defense (1975-1977) and as Chief of Staff of the White House (1974-1975).
 
Randy Scheunemann ­ U.S. Committee on NATO, Project on Transitional Democracies, International Republican Institute, founded the Committee for the Liberation of Iraq.
 
Paul Wolfowitz ­ Deputy Secretary of Defense, 2001-2005, considered the ideological father of the group. Currently, President of World Bank.
 
Dov S. Zakheim ­ Comptroller Department of Defense Former CEO of System Planning Corp. (See below), he served as Senior Foreign Policy advisor for George Bush Jr. in 2000.
 
Robert B. Zoellick ­ Deputy Secretary of State.
 
Their Project ­ Our Nightmare.
 
In their now infamous report entitled, Rebuilding America's Defenses, Strategy, Forces, and Resources for a New Century.[10] The PNAC outlined their strategy for global conquest together with an agenda which argued for huge increases on military spending, research and development.
 
When the PNAC stated that it would be necessary for the American Military to fight several major theatre wars simultaneously, they were not only outlining a need for military preparedness, but proposing that the US actually fight these wars-and as if to prove how Ernest they were, we have since 9/11 seen the US wage war on two fronts in Afghanistan and Iraq, with more to come I would suggest. From there, the plan is to conquer the entire Middle East, with Iran appearing to be the next logical target on the list. Americans now appear to fighting Israel's wars for them. The question which begs to be asked is; " Is America doing Israel's bidding? Are Rumsfeld, Perle, Wolfowitz, and Rabbi Dov Zakheim (all Jews) using America's resources and manpower to destroy Israel's enemies?"
 
PNAC doctrine maintained that The US needed a permanent military presence in Iraq. Since the invasion of that Middle Eastern country in 2003, Dick Cheney's Halliburton-subsidiary KBR has been involved in everything from the constructing of U.S. military bases, to supplying and feeding the troops and other personnel. It appears that the US military is in Iraq to stay. With the two deployments in Iraq and Afghanistan being consolidated, and the infiltration by US forces into the Caucasus, the American Military is extending its influence ever wider across the globe; clearly positioning itself strategically for a definite purpose that has nothing to do with `freedom, democracy or justice and everything to do with imperialism, domination and Global Conquest.
 
`Rebuilding America's Defences`insisted on pouring 3.8 percent of gross domestic product (GDP) into the national Defence budget, and that is the exact amount that the Bush Administration requested and received from the Republican Congress. Was this a coincidence?
 
Bush, and his "National Security Strategy" of 2006, turned the US into a nation, which for the first time in its history, endorsed a doctrine of pre-emptive strike. In their `Rebuilding America's Defences`statement, the PNAC chillingly determined, "The process of transformation, even if it brings revolutionary change, is likely to be a long one, absent some catastrophic and catalysing event like a new Pearl Harbour?"
 
The Hegelian Dialectic And The Truth About Pearl Harbour.
 
To men and women of understanding, whether they be politicians, historians, and or educated citizens, Pearl Harbour was much more than just an American catastrophe. Many books have been written on the subject, especially since the declassification of pertinent military documents. There can be no valid argument to the contrary, that the attack only occurred because President Franklin D. Roosevelt, allowed it to, in order that America would be drawn into WWII. He along with other top officials in the US government had contrived a plan, to `hamstring` the U.S. Naval defences. Key personnel were exchanged, vital Japanese code-deciphers conveniently went missing, along with other unethical tactics, employed to give the Japanese the element of surprise that they needed for their mission to succeed. It was a staged event! A `False Flag!`[11] It's purpose, to engender public outrage and resolve, to mobilize and fight a war!
 
Problem Reaction Solution.
 
The Problem ­ How to draw America into WWII = Thesis.
 
The Reaction ­ Public anger following the Japanese attack = Antithesis.
 
The Solution ­ America enters the war = Synthesis; the very solution planned for.
 
Therefore, Pearl Harbour to insiders is synonymous with a "staged or contrived catastrophic and catalysing event." So, the neo-cons were in essence calling for a similar event to initiate their "War of Terror."
 
The PNAC Pentagon neo-cons, Rumsfeld and Wolfowitz already had plans to invade Iraq prior to 9/11! All they needed was their own Pearl Harbour! Enter 9/11.
 
According to `9/11 Exposed` these are some of the personalities that participated in the Rebuilding America's Defences project:
 
Thomas Donnelly ­ Director of Communications, Lockheed Martin.
 
Fred Kagan ­ U. S. Military Academy at West Point.
 
Robert Kagan ­ Carnegie Endowment for International Peace.
 
William Kristol ­ The Weekly Standard.
 
Mark Lagon ­ Senate Foreign Relations Committee.
 
Lewis Libby ­ Chief of Staff for the Vice President.
 
Gary Schmitt ­ Project for the New American Century.
 
Barry Watts ­ Northrop Grumman Corporation.
 
Paul Wolfowitz ­ Nitze School of Advanced International
 
Studies, Johns Hopkins University.
 
Dov Zakheim - System Planning Corporation.
 
Eliot Cohen ­ Nitze School of Advanced International
 
Studies, Johns Hopkins University.
 
Donald Kagan ­ Yale University, conservative columnist.
 
Steve Rosen ­ Harvard University, Professor of National Security and Military Affairs.
 
Abram Shulsky - The RAND Corporation.
 
Roger Barnett, Phil Meilinger, and Mackubin Owens ­ U.S. Naval War College.
 
Alvin Bernstein and Stephen Cambone ­ National Defense University.
 
 The Carlyle Group Revisited.
 
In part seven, we briefly discussed the clandestine operations and connections of the Carlyle Group of companies. It is pertinent that at this point, we take a closer look at this particular organ of the evil `Nexus` driving our world to the brink.
 
The Carlyle Group's offices are on Pennsylvania Avenue in Washington DC, midway between the White House and the Capitol building, and within a short distance of FBI HQ and numerous other government departments. Carlyle's position at the very centre of the Washington establishment is reflected in its address. The Group specialises in taking over control of aerospace and defence contractors, and then by exerting influence, gains contracts from the Department of Defence.
 
Some of the Elite officers of the Carlyle Group are:
 
George Herbert Walker Bush ­ former US President and Director of the CIA, Carlyle Senior advisor and Shareholder.
 
Frank Carlucci ­ former Secretary of Defence and Deputy Director of the CIA, Carlyle Chairman Emeritus.
 
James Baker III ­ former Secretary of State and Secretary of Treasury, Carlyle Senior Counsellor. Baker is defending Saudis against a 9-11 Families' Lawsuit.
 
Fidel V. Ramos ­ former President of the Philippines, Carlyle Asia Advisory Board.
 
John Major ­ former British Prime Minister, Chairman Carlyle Europe.
 
At the time of the 9/11 attacks, The Carlyle Group, was hosting a business conference in Washington D.C. in which the featured guest of honour was one of Osama Bin Laden's brothers! The Guardian Newspaper reported:
 
"On 11 September, while [al-Qaeda's] planes slammed into the World Trade Centre and the Pentagon, the Carlyle Group hosted a conference at a Washington hotel. Among the guests of honour was a valued investor: Shafig bin Laden, brother to Osama."
 
At the same time as the Carlyle investors were watching the World Trade Centre towers collapse, grotesquely, the group's business prospects soared. By their own accounts, they manage what they call a "a vast, interlocking, global network of businesses and investment professionals" that operate within a triangle of industry, government, and the military. The Carlyle Group doesn't appear to concern itself with regards to any conflict of interest. For example, its political and intelligence connections (reportedly, ex-President Bush is still receiving daily CIA briefings) have given it a wide open window of opportunity to exploit. Former U.S. president George W. Bush himself, was in a pole position to make decisions that would have fattened his father's (and his own) bank accounts. The Carlyle Group is a powerful and bloodthirsty corporation that has clandestine governmental powers It can make wars in order to profit from them.
 
The Carlyle Group, The Bin Ladens And The Bushes.
 
Osama bin Laden's family is a major investor in The Carlyle Group. The Bin Laden family members, who allegedly disowned their renegade son ten years ago, were the very same who stood to gain most financially from the war being waged against him until late October 2001. When news surfaced about the relationship, public outrage forced them to liquidate their holdings in the firm. However, the bin Ladens have reportedly channelled tens of millions of dollars to Osama through banks, like Algemene Bank Nederland (now called ABN-AMRO), which has reported links to the La Salle National Bank in the U.S.
 
George H.W. Bush Sr. has also been a paid consultant to the Bin Laden Group, using his CIA connections to further their business concerns. His son, George W. Bush, refused to freeze Osama's numerous accounts at ABN-AMRO, thus evading the possibility of having his own families dirty secrets being made public, for instance; its links to Osama Bin Laden.
 
As we saw in Part Seven, during his days as CIA head and Vice President, it was George Bush Sr. who in effect created Osama bin Laden as an American CIA-asset. Bin Laden was paid to `wear down` the Soviets in their prolonged Afghan campaign (1979-1989). Originally designated "freedom fighters" or "Mujahideen", they were in the main financed, armed, and trained by the Saudis and United States' through the CIA, the funds being then funnelled through the BCCI. The training bases, Tora Bora cave complex, stinger missiles, etc. were all CIA financed through the Pakistani ISI, under the direction of the likes of George Bush Sr.
 
U.S. Naval Intelligence operative, Mike Vreeland claimed, "Sometimes certain governments design, and create networks like al-Qaeda Those entities create specific problems at the creating government's direction."
 
Following the end of the war with the Soviets, the CIA's "Mujahideen", lacked an enemy. In the ensuing years, they would become the new CIA backed al-Qaeda ("the base") group, which would do their bidding in a new war; the "War of Terror." The Israeli's had their Abu Nidal terrorist network, and now the United States would have its al-Qaeda network. The conspirators would soon launch a new `era of terror` and throughout, Africa, America, The UK, Spain, The Philippines, and Indonesia, people would experience these terrorist atrocities first-hand.
 
Wahhabism And The War On Terror.
 
"Although it can fairly be concluded that it is the Saudi government which is primarily responsible for the financing of `terrorism,` the propagation of its Wahhabi version of Islam in the U.S reveals that the conspiracy climbs to the very highest levels. On September 26, 2001, former President George W. Bush gathered fifteen prominent Muslim Arab-Americans at the White House, where he proclaimed that, "the teachings of Islam are teachings of peace and good." This assemblage of Muslim "moderates" was a necessary diplomatic manoeuvre to deny that the Bush administration was at war with Islam. However, many of the leaders present were part of a large network of Islamic organizations, created through Saudi funding for the spread of Wahhabi Islam[11], and often with ties to terrorist activities." David Livingstone-Terrorism And The Illuminati.
 
It is estimated that since 1975, the Saudis have spent as much as seventy billion dollars towards this international project, making it the largest propaganda campaign in history. Unlike other parts of the world, where the progress of Wahhabi preaching has been impeded by stubborn adherence to traditional interpretations of Islam, the American Islamic community is relatively new, and therefore, far more vulnerable to Saudi influence. Out of thousands, the Wahhabis reportedly control as many as eighty percent of mosques in the U.S., giving them control over the appointment and training of Imams, the content of preaching, and of literature distributed in Islamic book stores.
 
In order to garner political influence in America, the Saudis deliberately imitated the model of the Jewish lobbying groups. With Saudi backing, American Muslims created organizations like the Council on American Islamic Relations (CAIR), which was similar to the anti-Defamation League; the American Muslim Council (AMC), which was modelled on the American Jewish Committee; the Muslim Public Affairs Council (MPAC), which was similar to the American Israel Public Affairs Committee, and so on.
 
Mustafa El Hussein, the secretary of a centre for Muslim intellectuals known as the Ibn Khaldun Society, remarked that "there is a great deal of bitterness that such groups have tarnished the reputation of mainstream Muslims" because "self-appointed leaders... spew hatred toward America and the West and yet claim to be the legitimate spokespersons for the American Muslim community." El Hussein believes not only that they should "be kept at arm's length from the political process, but that they should be actively opposed as extremists."
 
Supporting El Hussein's contention, in October 2001, it was discovered, that not only was a secretive group of prominent Muslim charities and businesses in Northern Virginia channelling millions of dollars to foreign terrorists, but was part of a suspicious agenda designed to sway the Muslim vote in favour of the Republican party. The investigation of these groups in Herndon, Virginia, was the largest federal investigation of its kind in the world. The Safa Group, as the network of organizations are referred to in Herndon, had transmitted more than $26 million in untraceable money overseas, and leaders of the organization committed and conspired to provide material support to terrorist organizations. The president of Safa, Jamal Barzinji, is a former business associate of Youssef Nada. The ties between Nada and Safa were many, as were ties to other Muslim Brotherhood leaders.
 
Thus, Bush received thousands of votes from Muslims duped by their so-called leaders. Agha Saeed, the AMPCC chairman said, "it won't be long before political analysts realize that Muslim voters have played a historic role." Al Arian boasted that he had delivered considerably more than the 537 votes that gave Bush his victory in Florida, and allowed him to capture the White House. As Craig Unger describes, "in other words, without the mobilization of Saudi-funded Islamic groups, George W. Bush would not be president today." In June 2001, Al Arian was invited to the White House, along with a 160 members of the American Muslim Council, to be briefed by Karl Rove.
 
Another Day Of Infamy.
 
September 11th 2001 provided the opportunity for the Illuminati to finally embark upon the ultimate plan devised by Albert Pike, and articulated more recently by Samuel Huntington as a Clash of Civilization, a global war against Islam. As William Engdahl pointed out, "if the Bush administration had been unprepared for the shock of September 11, 2001, they certainly wasted no time in preparing their response, the war on terror. Terror was to replace communism as the new global image of "the enemy". On September 18, 2001, Niaz Niak, former Pakistani foreign secretary, told the BBC he had been informed by senior US officials at a mid-July Berlin meeting that "military action against Afghanistan would go ahead by the middle of October." Ultimately, the invasion of Afghanistan was a furtherance of the initial plans devised by Z.Brzezinski[20] to gain control over Central Asia.
 
As many who have spent time researching the events of September 11th 2001 have pointed out, there is zero credibility in the official mythology that Al Qaeda acted alone. Milton Beardman rebuffed the possibility, noting that, on his evaluation of the scale of the attacks, blame should not be attributed to bin Laden. Rather, he added that it was more probable that a far more "sophisticated" intelligence operation was responsible. Stan Goff, a retired US Army Special Forces Master Sergeant said:
 
"This cartoon heavy they've turned bin Laden into makes no sense, when you begin to appreciate the complexity and synchronicity of the attacks. As a former military person who's been involved in the development of countless operations orders over the years, I can tell you that this was a very sophisticated and costly enterprise that would have left what we call a huge "signature." In other words, it would be very hard to effectively conceal."
 
Military-strategic analyst and retired Major General Dr. Mahmoud Khalaf, a `Fellow` at Egypt's Higher Military Academy, Member of the Royal College of Defence Studies in London, Honorary Member of the Association of the United States Army in Fort Benning, in a presentation at the Centre for Asian Studies in the University of Cairo, related:
 
"First we are confronted with a technical operation of extremely great dimensions. We estimate that the planning organ for this operation must have consisted of at least 100 specialized technicians, who needed one year of planning... The high level of the operation does not match the level of evidence presented... Now, the puzzling question is the preparation and training of these people who had the capability to follow up and execute... There is, actually, one question, which is posed here. That is that there is no proportionality between the performance of the operation and the performance of bin Laden and his followers."
 
There is a growing body of evidence which points to complicity in the attacks at the very highest levels. Sibel Edmonds, an FBI translator says the agency covered up evidence warning of the 9-11 attack. Her attempts to blow the whistle on the cover-up of `intelligence` that names at least some of the culprits behind the 9/11 attacks, have resulted in two `gag` orders forbidding her from testifying in court or mentioning the names of the people or the countries involved. She has nevertheless been quoted as saying: "My translations of the 9/11 intercepts included [terrorist] money laundering, detailed and date-specific information ... if they were to do real investigations, we would see several significant high-level criminal prosecutions in this country [the US] ... and believe me, they will do everything to cover this up".
 
Arab `specialist` Antoine Sfeir, states that "the CIA maintained contacts with bin Laden until 1998. Those contacts didn't end after bin Laden moved to Afghanistan." As reported by the French daily Le Figaro, Osama Bin Laden was to undergo treatment at the American Hospital in Dubai, where he met a CIA official. Radio France International (RFI) corroborated the report, based on authoritative French intelligence sources, as well as "a witness, a professional partner of the administrative management of the hospital."
 
Although bin Laden denied the incident, stating that it was one of his sons who had been mistaken for him, the doctor who treated him has since refused to respond to questioning. While he was hospitalized, bin Laden also received visits from many members of his family, as well as prominent Saudis and Emiratis. And, days before September 11th , a delegation headed by Lt. Gen. Mahmoud Ahmed, Director-General of the Pakistani ISI, was in Washington, for top-level meetings in the White House, the Pentagon, the NSC, and with George Tenet, then head of the CIA, and Marc Grossman, the under-secretary of state for political affairs.
 
On September 10th, the Pakistani Daily News, acknowledging that talks must have revolved around Afghanistan and Osama bin Laden, noticed that the last time such visits had taken place, domestic politics had been turned on their `head,` and reported, "that this is not the first visit by Mahmoud in the last three months shows the urgency of the ongoing parleys."
 
However, immediately prior to the commencement of the bombing campaign against Afghanistan, Mahmoud was dismissed from his position, seemingly at the instigation of the US. Evidence had come to light that he had ordered $100,000 been wired to Mohammed Atta, the supposed ring-leader of the 9/11 attacks. The transfer was made through Ahmad Omar Sheikh, who was one of the three released in exchange for passengers of the hijacked Indian Airlines plane in 1999. Regarding the implication of such a connection, in an article for the UK Guardian, Michael Meacher pointed out that, "the case of Ahmed confirms that parts of the ISI directly supported and financed al-Qaeda, and it has long been established that the ISI has acted as go-between in intelligence operations on behalf of the CIA."
 
Ahmed Omar Saeed Sheikh (sometimes known as Umar Sheikh, Sheikh Omar, Sheik Syed, or by the alias "Mustafa Muhammad Ahmad" (born December 23, 1973) is a British-born militant of Pakistani descent with alleged links to various Islamic-based organisations, including Jaish-e-Mohammed, Al-Qaeda, Harkat-ul-Mujahideen and the Taliban.
 
He was arrested and served time in prison for the 1994 kidnappings of Western tourists in India, an act which he acknowledges, he was released from captivity in 1999 and was provided with safe passage into Pakistan with the support of the Taliban in exchange for passengers aboard hijacked Indian Airlines Flight 814. He is most well-known for his alleged role in the 2002 kidnapping and murder of Wall Street Journal reporter Daniel Pearl. Sheikh Omar Saeed was arrested by Pakistani police on February 12, 2002, in Lahore, in conjunction with the Pearl kidnapping, and was sentenced to death on July 15, 2002 for killing Pearl. His judicial appeal has not yet been heard. The delay has been ascribed to his confirmed links with Pakistan's Inter-Services Intelligence.
 
Former Pakistani President, Pervez Musharraf, in his book In the Line of Fire stated that Sheikh was originally recruited by British intelligence agency, MI6, while studying at the London School of Economics. He alleges Omar Sheikh was sent to the Balkans by MI6 to engage in jihadi operations. Musharraf later went on to state, "At some point, he probably became a rogue or double agent".
 
His complicity in the execution and the reasons behind it are in dispute. At his initial court appearance, he stated, "I don't want to defend this case. I did this... Right or wrong, I had my reasons. I think that our country shouldn't be catering to America's needs." but he subsequently appealed his conviction and is awaiting `due process` while in prison. Sheikh's lawyer has stated he will base his client's appeal on the recent admission of Khalid Sheikh Mohammed that he is the killer of Daniel Pearl.
 
Omar Sheikh[15] is still awaiting execution in Pakistan for the murder of Daniel Pearl in 2002, which he most certainly did not commit. Both the US government and Pearl's wife have since acknowledged that he was not responsible, but the Pakistani government refuses to try other suspects newly implicated in the case because it could reveal too much. Rather, the New York Times has since reported that "American officials said that Khalid Sheikh Mohammed, once al-Qaida's top operational commander [and the supposed architect of 9/11], personally executed Daniel Pearl ... but he was unlikely to be accused of the crime in an American criminal court because of the risk of divulging classified information".
 
According to court affidavits, in 1993, Khalid Sheikh Mohammed was quizzed by the Royal Canadian Mounted Police (RCMP) following an incident when an al Qaeda operative was caught entering the US with his driver's license and a false passport. The Mounties subsequently released Mohammed when the FBI claimed him as a prized asset, and the former US Army sergeant was free to continue running with al-Qaeda.
 
Notwithstanding the various theories that claim some sort of foul play in the 9/11 incident, it was investigative reporter Daniel Hopsicker who discovered a nest of intrigue in and around a flight school in Venice Florida, where the terrorists Mohammed Atta and Marwan al-Shehhi, were taking flying lessons. Hopsicker's research reveals a circle of evidence which has been ignored by the authorities, but which nevertheless offers up the most incriminating trail of information.
 
In his book, Terrorism And The Illuminati, Canadian Historian, researcher and author David Livingstone writes;
 
"According to Newsweek, the Washington Post and the New York Times, U.S. military officials gave the FBI information "suggesting that five of the alleged hijackers received training in the 1990s at secure U.S. military installations." Hijackers may have been trained in strategy and tactics at the Air War College in Montgomery Alabama. Two were former Saudi Air Force pilots. Mohammed Atta, their supposed ringleader, attended International Officers School at Maxwell Air Force Base in Montgomery, while Abdulaziz Alomari attended Aerospace Medical School at Brooks Air Force base in Texas, and Saeed Alghambi the Defense Language Institute in Monterey California."
 
Daniel Hopsicker, in `Welcome to Terrorland,` reveals and exposes the clandestine circumstances under which many of the terrorists involved in 9/11 were trained. Amazingly, at the very least, eight of the `terrorist pilots` received their initial training in Venice, Florida, at one or another of the Aviator schools run by Arne Kruithof and Rudi Dekkers. Dekkers, the owner of Huffman Aviation, had by all accounts previously been indicted in his homeland, Holland, on charges of fraud and money laundering. Dekkers coincidentally purchased the flight school at around the same time the `terrorist` pilots moved into town and began their lessons. Atta and al-Shehhi paid $28,000 each to Rudi Dekkers, for flight training available nearby for a fraction of the price. Yeslam bin Laden also supplied several students for training at Huffman, contradicting his claims of being estranged from his step-brother. Following 9/11, the FBI removed the files at Huffman, and loaded them onto a C-130 military cargo plane at the Sarasota airport, which took off for Washington with governor Jeb Bush on board. Oh how the plot sickens!
 
Mohammed Atta:
 
Though Dekkers denied there was any such relationship; according to Venice cab driver Bob Simpson, Dekkers and Mohammed Atta, "knew each other well, really well. They were friends." Strangely, it appears that the majority of Atta's closest associates in Venice were not Muslims, but `connected` Europeans. Atta's girlfriend in Venice, Amanda Keller, claimed that all of his friends, with the exception of al Shehhi, were either German or Dutch, including Dekkers and Kruithof. Atta is known to have called his German friends Wolfgang and Juergen, "my brother."
 
Daniel Hopsicker discovered that Atta lived for two months with Amanda Keller, an American stripper and lingerie model. He enjoyed the night-life, drinking, and snorted cocaine. This is not the behaviour one would normally associate with a devout Muslim. His email contacts included names of people who worked for defence contractors, like one who, for instance, worked for a Canadian firm, Virtual Prototypes, which helped develop the avionics for the F-15, F-22 and B-2 warplanes? Miss Keller, under pressure from the FBI to do so, publicly retracted her story. Similarly, according to two employees of a bar in Ft. Lauderdale, Atta whilst intoxicated has shouted out, "F*ck God!" However, once again, these witnesses also retracted their statements?
 
It is my opinion that the only likely explanation as to why Mohammed Atta would have hurled himself into a building, because it was most certainly not in the cause of Islam, is that he was an Illuminati mind-control slave[16]. His behaviour certainly conformed to the psychopathic model typical in such a condition. When Amanda Keller threw him out of her apartment, Atta avenged himself by disembowelling her pet cat and dismembering its half-dozen baby kittens, strewing the pieces around her apartment to be discovered when she returned home from work.
 
Following one of his drinking bouts, one eyewitness from a bar, described him as "kind of strange, because he was just staring. Every time I'd walk in and out, he had the same look on his face, so God knows what was going through his mind." Daniel Hopsicker, in `Welcome to Terrorland,` also reports he "heard speculation, from people who had been in his Atta's in Venice, that he looked as if he might have been brainwashed, not that anyone in town had ever seen anyone who had been brainwashed, but he looked the way they thought somebody in that condition might look."
 
During his four year stay in Hamburg, Atta was ostensibly a "scholarship" student at an elite international exchange program, run by an organization with ties to figures like David Rockefeller and Henry Kissinger. The U.S. end of the operation being coordinated from an address at the U.N. Plaza in New York, by CDS International, named after Carl Duisberg, who headed the Bayer Corporation, and founded I.G. Farben. It was Duisberg who during WWII, devised the slave labour system later perfected by IG Farben, which in turn provided the financing for the infamous Joseph Mengele, who later developed the MK-Ultra and Monarch mind control programs.
 
It is likely that Mohammed Atta was a believer, albeit a mentally unbalanced one. David Livingstone surmises in his book that he feels it more likely that Atta, rather than being programmed to carry out the destruction of 9/11, was merely a `patsy`. According to CIA hypnosis expert Milton Klein, creating such a candidate is easier than programming a Manchurian Candidate. The patsy can be induced by hypnosis to do things which later show up as circumstantial evidence that will get him falsely blamed for a crime. Klein has claimed he can create a patsy in three months; a Manchurian Candidate takes six months.
 
September 11th 2001.
 
The multi faceted attacks of 9/11 could not have been carried out by CIA asset Osama Bin Laden and Al Qaeda; it would have been impossible for them to have completely dismantled the entire NORAD fighter response system. That one fact alone should have been obvious from the start, but the official story said "that's what happened," and with the Illuminist controlled media on board-they caused it to become public consensus.
 
So if it wasn't Obama and Al Qaeda, who was it?
 
Evidence which has surfaced since that fateful day, reveals that the PNAC possessed all that was necessary in order to execute a 9/11, including insider access, skilled manpower, influence and vitally, remote control technology, care of Rabbi Dov S. Zakheim.
 
Rabbi Dov S. Zakheim, CEO of System Planning Corp.
 
Rabbi Zakheim was a well respected and established figure within the intelligence community, which accounts for his upwardly mobile move from Systems Planning Corporation to Comptroller of the Pentagon in May 2001.
 
The `company` website indicates that System Planning Corp. (SPC) specializes in several areas of defence technology, including a highly sophisticated war-game technology that allows the control of as many as eight different drones from a remote location, either on the ground or airborne, on varying frequencies, and has a range of several hundred miles. This technology can be used on many different types of aircraft, including large passenger jets. One system developed by their Radar Physics Group is the Flight Termination System. This is a system used to destroy target drones. For example, if a drone that was fired on and was "missed", then the drone target would be destroyed.
 
Prior to 9/11, the SPC website shows a recent purchaser of this technology was USAF Eglin AFB, Florida. Eglin is very near MacDill AFB, Florida, where Rabbi Zakheim contracted to send at least 32 Boeing 767 aircraft, as part of the Boeing /Pentagon tanker lease agreement. So the question here is did the 767's that hit the World Trade Centre come from this arraignment by Zakheim?
 
Coincidentally or not, it was an SPC subsidiary, TriData Corp., which had overseen the official investigation following the World Trade Centre bombing in 1993. During Rabbi Zakheim's period as CFO and Comptroller of the Pentagon, there were reports of substantial fraud. Donald Rumsfeld is on record as having stated "According to some estimates we cannot track $2.3 trillion in transactions," Not surprisingly, not long after, Dov Zakheim resigned.
 
The Main Conspirators And Likely Suspects.
 
Richard Cheney ­ was the obvious leader of the coup. Cheney appeared to have been one of the main organizers as well as, he had exclusive OEM authority for the drills and exercises, as well as, coordinating the deceptive obstruction of the defence responses on 9/11. He was also instrumental in the cover-up and spin.
 
Donald Rumsfeld ­ was involved in designing the war games, implementing the disabling DOD (Department Of Defence) directive, setting up the diversionary training, the shuffling in of `patsies,` and the massive cover-up operation at the Pentagon and Shanksville.
 
Lewis "Scooter" Libby ­ Chief of Staff for the Vice President, one of Cheney's most trusted advisors and a member of his shadow government. He was one of the "chosen few" that were in the White House bunker with Cheney. No doubt, he was one of those behind-the-scenes characters that piloted the spin machine.
 
Robert James Woolsey ­ as former director of the CIA, he was involved in designing the terrorist exercises. He personally participated in several important exercises that were utilized to test the responses of key personnel. Did his intelligence connections play a role? He was one of the first to spin the story to the media, blaming the attack on Iraq.
 
Dov S. Zakheim ­ previously he was CEO of System Planning Corp. Appears to have used his connections at System Planning Corp. for the remote technology (see below). He is alleged to have been involved in a massive embezzlement at the Pentagon when he was comptroller, which appears to have prompted his resigning. Did the accounting fraud finance the neocon's 9/11 operation?
 
George Bush Sr. ­ ex-head of CIA, and ex-President, worked through his Carlyle Group associations with his friends in the Bin Laden family. He would be instrumental in Saudi diplomacy.
 
George Bush Jr. ­ played his role as the idiot-in-chief. He was also active in the cover-up and spin. Bush used his office to promote the USama Bin Laden and WMD fables, while dishing out toxic levels of propaganda to support his "War of Terror".
 
General Meyers ­ During 9/11, he was the acting Joint Chief of Staff. It would have been impossible to carry out the attacks without his complacent cooperation.
 
Paul Wolfowitz ­ as Deputy Secretary of Defense, he headed a group of about 700 military experts. The huge "think tank" had formulated plans to remove Saddam Hussein and for the invasion of Iraq. (Background details from 9/11 exposed.org)
 
The major figures within the PNAC had the motive, means, and ability to arrange, organise and carry out the 9/11 attacks. As we have previously discussed, bin Laden and Al Qaeda acting alone, could not have orchestrated such an elaborate operation. The fact of the matter is that bin Laden was simply playing the part of the scapegoat. In order to be able to sideline US defences it was necessary for the conspirators to have operatives installed at the very highest levels of the government:
 
1. The operation needed access to the nation's most secure facilities, including the Pentagon. Only insiders would have that kind of access.
 2. Only those with privy knowledge from highly classified materials could have had the know-how.
 3. Access to large amounts of capital to finance the operation.
 4. Connections to military leaders to suppress responses and make key substitutions to personnel.
 5. Have a willing and able support staff that is of the highest allegiance. (The Secret Service, CIA, FBI, and loyal foreign agents like MOSAAD).
 6. CIA, ISI, and DIA Intelligence information.
 7. Ability to run "mock trials" of the operation, through practice exercises and war games.
 8. Top military technologies, missiles, remote & drone science, and an arsenal of high explosives, with the facilities to implement them (hangers, technicians, etc.).
 9. Access to military aircraft (C-130 or EC-130).
 10. The authorization to send personnel overseas, like Powell, Scrwcroft, and Paul O'Neil, whom may interfere with the scheme.
 11. The ability to make decisive directives. Examples are the Rumsfeld DOD hijacking directive and the OEM authority given to Cheney over all exercises and preparedness drills.
 12. Recruit, fund, and train several `patsy` terrorists.
 13. Coordinate FEMA, FBI, and other rescue units, to support cover-up processes.
 14. Willing accomplices in the media were needed to propagate the lies.
 15. The means to take advantage of the attacksBox cutters just weren't enough
  
Cui Bono (Who Benefits.)
 
So who did benefit from the 9/11 attacks and the resulting "War of Terror?"
 
Did Saddam Hussein get any benefit out of 9/11? None at all; his country was invaded, his army defeated, his government toppled and he himself was executed (supposedly).
 
Did the pro-Israeli neo-conservatives benefit? Yes they did!. In fact, they achieved more or less everything that they could have possible wished for. Let's take a look:
 
1.
They advanced the Zionist doctrine by profiling Arabs as our enemies, thus America and its allies joined Israel in their "War of Terror." On September 11th, former Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu when asked about U.S.-Israeli relations; his quick reply was, "It's very goodWell, it's not good, but it will generate immediate sympathy [for Israel]"
 2. Two Arab nations; Iraq and Afghanistan. Attacked and destroyed
 3. They made massive profits during reconstruction efforts, mostly from scams and embezzling U.S. taxpayer dollars.
 4. Secured the strategic oil fields of Iraq.
 5. Made lucrative profits for the neocon-linked oil and gas companies.
 6. Established a permanent presence in the Middle East.
 7. Seized the important Afghanistan pipeline corridor for pumping out gas and oil from the former Soviet states around the Caspian region.
 8. Increased the U.S. military spending to 3.8 percent of GDP.
 9. Increased profits to the defence contracting industries.
 10. Funded new research and development for more "war technology".
 11. Created a new military-civilian-complex called Homeland Security.
 12. Made immense profits from these Homeland Security-based contracts (i.e. Airport security scanners, etc.).
 13. Advanced the neo-conservative political agenda; "police state" legislation like the Patriot Act and domestic spying programs.
 14. Increased spending on covert intelligence agencies (CIA, NSA, etc.).
 15. Used the 9/11 attacks as a propaganda tool, to advance their "War on Terror" agenda; the new WMD, weapon of mass deception.
 16. Endorsed a neo-con "National Security Strategy;" a new U.S. doctrine of pre-emptive strike.
  
So who benefited from 9/11? Israel and the neo-cons, yes, but ultimately, the Illuminati Luciferian Agenda for World Government as the planet was driven ever closer toward WWIII.
 
Who lost out? The people of the United States, Afghanistan, and Iraq.
 
Who's next? See part Nine!!
 
 
Comments to: http://righteousalliance.blogspot.com/
 
 Reference:
1] http://www.google.com/search?ie=UTF-8&oe=UTF-8&q=leo+
strauss&sa=Search&domains=rense.com&sitesearch=rense.com  
2] http://www.google.com/search?ie=UTF-8&oe=UTF-8&q=Barry+Chamish&domains=rense.com&sitesearch=rense.com
3] http://www.terrorism-illuminati.com/illuminati
4] http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/sociopolitica/consp_acua/consp_acua_add1.htm
5] http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/sociopolitica/esp_sociopol_cfr_14.htm
6] http://www.terrorism-illuminati.com/illuminati &
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_enlightenment
7] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nihilism
8] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Anarchy
9] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Thomas_Hobbes
10] http://www.newamericancentury.org/RebuildingAmericasDefenses.pdf
11] http://www.google.com/search?q=false+flag+operation&rls=com.microsoft:en-gb:IE-SearchBox&ie=UTF-8&oe=UTF-8&sourceid=ie7&rlz=1I7GPEA_enDK310
12] http://911review.com/precedent/century/gladio.html
13] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mir-Hossein_Mousavi
14] http://socyberty.com/government/criticism-of-plato-the-republic/
15] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Omar_SheikhMKULTRA.htm#Additional_Information
17] http://www.google.com/search?ie=UTF-8&oe=UTF-8&q=the+aspen+institute&sa=Search&domains=rense.com&sitesearch=rense.com
18] http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/esp_sociopol_911.htm
19] http://www.rense.com/general43/byrd.htm
20] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Zbigniew_Brzezinski




Our Advertisers Represent Some Of The Most Unique Products & Services On Earth!


---- HOME SECURITY BAR -----


 


The Nexus Of Evil - Pt 8
A Pre-emptive Strike On Humanity
By Philip Jones
9-7-9



Introduction.
 
In Part eight, we will examine the events leading up to the tragedy of September 11th 2001[18], and the resulting consequences for the world at large, in the aftermath of the Illuminist's attack on the collective psyche of the American people. This article will not contain an in depth analysis of that fateful day some eight years ago, rather it will take a broad overview of the conspirators involved, the reasoning behind that cowardly and murderous act, and the crucial part it played in the lead up to the intended Third World War, which forms the very fulcrum around which the whole `One World Luciferian Agenda` revolves.
 
Firstly, let's look at those main personalities who though not the `architects` of the conspiracy, are the `Front Line` Officers ensuring that orders are obeyed and the overall strategy adhered to.
 
So, who or what are the `Neo Cons` we have heard so much about since 9/11?
 
Leo Strauss -The Neo-Conservative.
 
Rupert Murdoch's Fox Media Network is the principal broadcasting outlet for the Neo-Conservative agenda, which can be said to be the primary organ by which the Illuminati are manipulating world events towards the so-called "Clash of Civilizations." The intellectual influence behind so called Neo Conservatism was Leo Strauss[1], who in the words of Barry Chamish[2], is today's leading Frankist thinker[3]. Strauss arrived in the US as a refugee from Nazi Germany in 1937, and began teaching shortly after at the Rockefeller sponsored University of Chicago. It was Robert Maynard Hutchins, the University Chancellor, Aquarian[4] conspirator, member of the CFR[5], and one of the original sponsors of the Aspen Institute[17], who arranged for Strauss' tenure at the university.
 
Strauss believed that the works of ancient philosophers contain intentionally hidden arcane meaning. Like Plato, he taught that within societies, there are those who are fit to lead, and those who are only fit to follow. Not surprisingly considering his father's connections with the Austrian Nazi party, the current Governor of California, and friend of the Rothschilds, Arnold Schwarzenegger,[19] is in complete agreement with Strauss on this matter, and was quoted recently as saying, "My relationship to power and authority is that I'm all for it. People need somebody to watch over them. Ninety-five percent of the people in the world need to be told what to do and how to behave,"
 
For Strauss, it was Machiavelli who initiated the Enlightenment[6], by his rejection of the purely theoretical world of Plato[14], in favour of a more practical interpretation of reality, thereby creating political science. For Strauss, in accordance with Machiavellian thinking, virtue would not be applicable, because no regime could meet its standards. Rather, a new regime should be created, by accepting, understanding, and harnessing man's tendency for self-interest, or what he termed basic "human nature."
 
Strauss determined that the only individuals fit to rule, were those who realised that there was no absolute standard of morality. He believed the world to be a place where policy advisers should be willing where necessary to deceive their own people, and sometimes even their rulers, in order to protect their country's interests. If exposed to the absence of absolute truth, the masses would quickly succumb to nihilism[7] or anarchy[8]. According to Strauss, it would be necessary on occasion, to maintain these "pious frauds", or "the Noble Lie",
 
Like Thomas Hobbes[9], Strauss believed that the inherently violent nature in man could only be controlled by an all powerful nationalistic state apparatus. Put another way, by Fascism. "Because mankind is intrinsically wicked, he has to be governed," he wrote. "Such governance can only be established, however, when men are united- and they can only be united against other people."
 
Shadia Drury wrote in `Leo Strauss and the American Right:`
 
"Strauss thinks that a political order can be stable only if it is united by an external threat." Ultimately, as Drury clarifies, "following Machiavelli, he maintained that if no external threat exists then one has to be manufactured."
 
The Project For The New American Century : Rebuilding America's Defences.
 
The tragedy of September 11th 2001 was, that new `Pearl Harbour` deemed necessary by the PNAC in order to provide justification for their plan to foment Albert Pike's global Clash Of Civilisations between Islam and the West, and events seen in Afghanistan and Iraq since have certainly proceeded very much according to Pike's `blueprint.`
 
Established in the spring of 1997, the `Project for the New American Century` was founded by, among others, Dick Cheney and Donald Rumsfeld, with the aim of promoting and furthering the neo-conservative agenda. The present chairman is Bill Kristol, of the right-winger propagandist Weekly Standard. Prominent throughout PNAC is Richard Perle, former chair of the powerful Defence Policy Board and fervent supporter of Israel. In Washington, even his `friends` call him "The Prince of Darkness" Another influential PNAC member is Elliott Abrams, of the National Security Council. These primary movers and shakers of this radical group, subsequently became the foreign policy, military, and national security establishment of the United States government. Dick Cheney, Rumsfeld, Perle, Wolfowitz, Abrams, and their accomplices were quite literally the men running America. Some other PNAC high-profile players are; former presidential candidate Gary Bauer, Govenor Jeb Bush, and former director of the CIA Robert James Woolsey.
 
The PNAC Mission Statement (excerpts).
 
Does the United States have the resolve to shape a new century favorable to American principles and interests? "[What we require is] a military that is strong and ready to meet both present and future challenges; a foreign policy that boldly and purposefully promotes American principles abroad; and national leadership that accepts the United States' global responsibilities. The history of the 20th century should have taught us that it is important to shape circumstances before crises emerge, and to meet threats before they become dire...
 
Basically, we are dealing with an organisation which promotes a doctrine of world domination and exploitation in order to further American (read Zionist/Illuminist) interests. Among the PNAC's "fundamental propositions" is the belief that "American leadership is good both for America and for the world." "Does the U.S. have the resolve to shape a new century favourable to American principles and interests?" asks the PNAC. Their policy would be achieved through imperialism and pre-emptive strikes. In order to become capable of achieving this "global responsibility," they contend that it is necessary to have a large dominant modern military. They advocate openly for substantial increases in military spending on arms and technological research. Essentially, their plan dramatically expands the military-industrial-complex.
 
Another of the PNAC founding and predominating principles was; "that what is good for Israel is good for America. Even though the PNAC statements are using the "America" vernacular, it appears by their actions, their true hidden agenda is "Israeli-American interests."
 
This sinister "brain centre" of the military-industrial-complex is composed of top elitist from many different sectors, but predominately it is headed by right wing politicians, military strategists and defence contractors. Emerging as a major organ of the Illuminati's `Nexus Of Evil,` these neo-conservatives intend nothing less than total world domination though military and financial supremacy.
 
PNAC Members Given Positions Of Influence.
 
Following his election in 2000, George W. Bush installed many of the PNAC's major `players` into key positions of power within his new administration. The following list of appointments taken from http://911exposed.org/PNAC.htm show exactly where President Bush's loyalties lay, and what agenda he intended to pursue during his term in office:
 
Elliott Abrams ­ National Security Council, pled guilty to the charge of lying to Congress in the Iran/Contra scandal, later pardoned by George Bush Sr.
 
Richard Armitage ­ Deputy Secretary of State.
 
John R. Bolton ­ served as Under-secretary for Arms Control and International Security in the Bush administration, then U.S. Ambassador to the United Nations.
 
Richard Cheney ­ Vice President, PNAC Founder, and ex-CEO of Halliburton. Previously served as Secretary of Defence.
 
Seth Cropsey ­ Director of the International Broadcasting Bureau.
 
Paula Dobriansky ­ Under-secretary of State for Global Affairs.
 
Francis Fukuyama ­ White House Council Member.
 
Bruce Jackson ­ President U.S. Committee on NATO.
 
Zalmay Khalilzad ­ Ambassador to Iraq. Previously served as U.S. Ambassador to Afghanistan from November 2003 to June 2005.
 
Lewis "Scooter" Libby ­ National Security advisor for the Vice President. Indicted by Grand Jury on charges of Obstruction of Justice, False Statements and Perjury and resigned October 28, 2005.
 
Richard Perle ­ PNAC founder, Chairman of the Defense Policy Board, Director of the Jerusalem Post. Had been accused of spying for Israel.
 
Peter W. Rodman ­ Assistant Secretary of Defense for International Security.
 
Donald Rumsfeld ­ Secretary of Defense, and a PNAC founder. He served as Secretary of Defense (1975-1977) and as Chief of Staff of the White House (1974-1975).
 
Randy Scheunemann ­ U.S. Committee on NATO, Project on Transitional Democracies, International Republican Institute, founded the Committee for the Liberation of Iraq.
 
Paul Wolfowitz ­ Deputy Secretary of Defense, 2001-2005, considered the ideological father of the group. Currently, President of World Bank.
 
Dov S. Zakheim ­ Comptroller Department of Defense Former CEO of System Planning Corp. (See below), he served as Senior Foreign Policy advisor for George Bush Jr. in 2000.
 
Robert B. Zoellick ­ Deputy Secretary of State.
 
Their Project ­ Our Nightmare.
 
In their now infamous report entitled, Rebuilding America's Defenses, Strategy, Forces, and Resources for a New Century.[10] The PNAC outlined their strategy for global conquest together with an agenda which argued for huge increases on military spending, research and development.
 
When the PNAC stated that it would be necessary for the American Military to fight several major theatre wars simultaneously, they were not only outlining a need for military preparedness, but proposing that the US actually fight these wars-and as if to prove how Ernest they were, we have since 9/11 seen the US wage war on two fronts in Afghanistan and Iraq, with more to come I would suggest. From there, the plan is to conquer the entire Middle East, with Iran appearing to be the next logical target on the list. Americans now appear to fighting Israel's wars for them. The question which begs to be asked is; " Is America doing Israel's bidding? Are Rumsfeld, Perle, Wolfowitz, and Rabbi Dov Zakheim (all Jews) using America's resources and manpower to destroy Israel's enemies?"
 
PNAC doctrine maintained that The US needed a permanent military presence in Iraq. Since the invasion of that Middle Eastern country in 2003, Dick Cheney's Halliburton-subsidiary KBR has been involved in everything from the constructing of U.S. military bases, to supplying and feeding the troops and other personnel. It appears that the US military is in Iraq to stay. With the two deployments in Iraq and Afghanistan being consolidated, and the infiltration by US forces into the Caucasus, the American Military is extending its influence ever wider across the globe; clearly positioning itself strategically for a definite purpose that has nothing to do with `freedom, democracy or justice and everything to do with imperialism, domination and Global Conquest.
 
`Rebuilding America's Defences`insisted on pouring 3.8 percent of gross domestic product (GDP) into the national Defence budget, and that is the exact amount that the Bush Administration requested and received from the Republican Congress. Was this a coincidence?
 
Bush, and his "National Security Strategy" of 2006, turned the US into a nation, which for the first time in its history, endorsed a doctrine of pre-emptive strike. In their `Rebuilding America's Defences`statement, the PNAC chillingly determined, "The process of transformation, even if it brings revolutionary change, is likely to be a long one, absent some catastrophic and catalysing event like a new Pearl Harbour?"
 
The Hegelian Dialectic And The Truth About Pearl Harbour.
 
To men and women of understanding, whether they be politicians, historians, and or educated citizens, Pearl Harbour was much more than just an American catastrophe. Many books have been written on the subject, especially since the declassification of pertinent military documents. There can be no valid argument to the contrary, that the attack only occurred because President Franklin D. Roosevelt, allowed it to, in order that America would be drawn into WWII. He along with other top officials in the US government had contrived a plan, to `hamstring` the U.S. Naval defences. Key personnel were exchanged, vital Japanese code-deciphers conveniently went missing, along with other unethical tactics, employed to give the Japanese the element of surprise that they needed for their mission to succeed. It was a staged event! A `False Flag!`[11] It's purpose, to engender public outrage and resolve, to mobilize and fight a war!
 
Problem Reaction Solution.
 
The Problem ­ How to draw America into WWII = Thesis.
 
The Reaction ­ Public anger following the Japanese attack = Antithesis.
 
The Solution ­ America enters the war = Synthesis; the very solution planned for.
 
Therefore, Pearl Harbour to insiders is synonymous with a "staged or contrived catastrophic and catalysing event." So, the neo-cons were in essence calling for a similar event to initiate their "War of Terror."
 
The PNAC Pentagon neo-cons, Rumsfeld and Wolfowitz already had plans to invade Iraq prior to 9/11! All they needed was their own Pearl Harbour! Enter 9/11.
 
According to `9/11 Exposed` these are some of the personalities that participated in the Rebuilding America's Defences project:
 
Thomas Donnelly ­ Director of Communications, Lockheed Martin.
 
Fred Kagan ­ U. S. Military Academy at West Point.
 
Robert Kagan ­ Carnegie Endowment for International Peace.
 
William Kristol ­ The Weekly Standard.
 
Mark Lagon ­ Senate Foreign Relations Committee.
 
Lewis Libby ­ Chief of Staff for the Vice President.
 
Gary Schmitt ­ Project for the New American Century.
 
Barry Watts ­ Northrop Grumman Corporation.
 
Paul Wolfowitz ­ Nitze School of Advanced International
 
Studies, Johns Hopkins University.
 
Dov Zakheim - System Planning Corporation.
 
Eliot Cohen ­ Nitze School of Advanced International
 
Studies, Johns Hopkins University.
 
Donald Kagan ­ Yale University, conservative columnist.
 
Steve Rosen ­ Harvard University, Professor of National Security and Military Affairs.
 
Abram Shulsky - The RAND Corporation.
 
Roger Barnett, Phil Meilinger, and Mackubin Owens ­ U.S. Naval War College.
 
Alvin Bernstein and Stephen Cambone ­ National Defense University.
 
 
 
The Carlyle Group Revisited.
 
In part seven, we briefly discussed the clandestine operations and connections of the Carlyle Group of companies. It is pertinent that at this point, we take a closer look at this particular organ of the evil `Nexus` driving our world to the brink.
 
The Carlyle Group's offices are on Pennsylvania Avenue in Washington DC, midway between the White House and the Capitol building, and within a short distance of FBI HQ and numerous other government departments. Carlyle's position at the very centre of the Washington establishment is reflected in its address. The Group specialises in taking over control of aerospace and defence contractors, and then by exerting influence, gains contracts from the Department of Defence.
 
Some of the Elite officers of the Carlyle Group are:
 
George Herbert Walker Bush ­ former US President and Director of the CIA, Carlyle Senior advisor and Shareholder.
 
Frank Carlucci ­ former Secretary of Defence and Deputy Director of the CIA, Carlyle Chairman Emeritus.
 
James Baker III ­ former Secretary of State and Secretary of Treasury, Carlyle Senior Counsellor. Baker is defending Saudis against a 9-11 Families' Lawsuit.
 
Fidel V. Ramos ­ former President of the Philippines, Carlyle Asia Advisory Board.
 
John Major ­ former British Prime Minister, Chairman Carlyle Europe.
 
At the time of the 9/11 attacks, The Carlyle Group, was hosting a business conference in Washington D.C. in which the featured guest of honour was one of Osama Bin Laden's brothers! The Guardian Newspaper reported:
 
"On 11 September, while [al-Qaeda's] planes slammed into the World Trade Centre and the Pentagon, the Carlyle Group hosted a conference at a Washington hotel. Among the guests of honour was a valued investor: Shafig bin Laden, brother to Osama."
 
At the same time as the Carlyle investors were watching the World Trade Centre towers collapse, grotesquely, the group's business prospects soared. By their own accounts, they manage what they call a "a vast, interlocking, global network of businesses and investment professionals" that operate within a triangle of industry, government, and the military. The Carlyle Group doesn't appear to concern itself with regards to any conflict of interest. For example, its political and intelligence connections (reportedly, ex-President Bush is still receiving daily CIA briefings) have given it a wide open window of opportunity to exploit. Former U.S. president George W. Bush himself, was in a pole position to make decisions that would have fattened his father's (and his own) bank accounts. The Carlyle Group is a powerful and bloodthirsty corporation that has clandestine governmental powers It can make wars in order to profit from them.
 
The Carlyle Group, The Bin Ladens And The Bushes.
 
Osama bin Laden's family is a major investor in The Carlyle Group. The Bin Laden family members, who allegedly disowned their renegade son ten years ago, were the very same who stood to gain most financially from the war being waged against him until late October 2001. When news surfaced about the relationship, public outrage forced them to liquidate their holdings in the firm. However, the bin Ladens have reportedly channelled tens of millions of dollars to Osama through banks, like Algemene Bank Nederland (now called ABN-AMRO), which has reported links to the La Salle National Bank in the U.S.
 
George H.W. Bush Sr. has also been a paid consultant to the Bin Laden Group, using his CIA connections to further their business concerns. His son, George W. Bush, refused to freeze Osama's numerous accounts at ABN-AMRO, thus evading the possibility of having his own families dirty secrets being made public, for instance; its links to Osama Bin Laden.
 
As we saw in Part Seven, during his days as CIA head and Vice President, it was George Bush Sr. who in effect created Osama bin Laden as an American CIA-asset. Bin Laden was paid to `wear down` the Soviets in their prolonged Afghan campaign (1979-1989). Originally designated "freedom fighters" or "Mujahideen", they were in the main financed, armed, and trained by the Saudis and United States' through the CIA, the funds being then funnelled through the BCCI. The training bases, Tora Bora cave complex, stinger missiles, etc. were all CIA financed through the Pakistani ISI, under the direction of the likes of George Bush Sr.
 
U.S. Naval Intelligence operative, Mike Vreeland claimed, "Sometimes certain governments design, and create networks like al-Qaeda Those entities create specific problems at the creating government's direction."
 
Following the end of the war with the Soviets, the CIA's "Mujahideen", lacked an enemy. In the ensuing years, they would become the new CIA backed al-Qaeda ("the base") group, which would do their bidding in a new war; the "War of Terror." The Israeli's had their Abu Nidal terrorist network, and now the United States would have its al-Qaeda network. The conspirators would soon launch a new `era of terror` and throughout, Africa, America, The UK, Spain, The Philippines, and Indonesia, people would experience these terrorist atrocities first-hand.
 
Wahhabism And The War On Terror.
 
"Although it can fairly be concluded that it is the Saudi government which is primarily responsible for the financing of `terrorism,` the propagation of its Wahhabi version of Islam in the U.S reveals that the conspiracy climbs to the very highest levels. On September 26, 2001, former President George W. Bush gathered fifteen prominent Muslim Arab-Americans at the White House, where he proclaimed that, "the teachings of Islam are teachings of peace and good." This assemblage of Muslim "moderates" was a necessary diplomatic manoeuvre to deny that the Bush administration was at war with Islam. However, many of the leaders present were part of a large network of Islamic organizations, created through Saudi funding for the spread of Wahhabi Islam[11], and often with ties to terrorist activities." David Livingstone-Terrorism And The Illuminati.
 
It is estimated that since 1975, the Saudis have spent as much as seventy billion dollars towards this international project, making it the largest propaganda campaign in history. Unlike other parts of the world, where the progress of Wahhabi preaching has been impeded by stubborn adherence to traditional interpretations of Islam, the American Islamic community is relatively new, and therefore, far more vulnerable to Saudi influence. Out of thousands, the Wahhabis reportedly control as many as eighty percent of mosques in the U.S., giving them control over the appointment and training of Imams, the content of preaching, and of literature distributed in Islamic book stores.
 
In order to garner political influence in America, the Saudis deliberately imitated the model of the Jewish lobbying groups. With Saudi backing, American Muslims created organizations like the Council on American Islamic Relations (CAIR), which was similar to the anti-Defamation League; the American Muslim Council (AMC), which was modelled on the American Jewish Committee; the Muslim Public Affairs Council (MPAC), which was similar to the American Israel Public Affairs Committee, and so on.
 
Mustafa El Hussein, the secretary of a centre for Muslim intellectuals known as the Ibn Khaldun Society, remarked that "there is a great deal of bitterness that such groups have tarnished the reputation of mainstream Muslims" because "self-appointed leaders... spew hatred toward America and the West and yet claim to be the legitimate spokespersons for the American Muslim community." El Hussein believes not only that they should "be kept at arm's length from the political process, but that they should be actively opposed as extremists."
 
Supporting El Hussein's contention, in October 2001, it was discovered, that not only was a secretive group of prominent Muslim charities and businesses in Northern Virginia channelling millions of dollars to foreign terrorists, but was part of a suspicious agenda designed to sway the Muslim vote in favour of the Republican party. The investigation of these groups in Herndon, Virginia, was the largest federal investigation of its kind in the world. The Safa Group, as the network of organizations are referred to in Herndon, had transmitted more than $26 million in untraceable money overseas, and leaders of the organization committed and conspired to provide material support to terrorist organizations. The president of Safa, Jamal Barzinji, is a former business associate of Youssef Nada. The ties between Nada and Safa were many, as were ties to other Muslim Brotherhood leaders.
 
Thus, Bush received thousands of votes from Muslims duped by their so-called leaders. Agha Saeed, the AMPCC chairman said, "it won't be long before political analysts realize that Muslim voters have played a historic role." Al Arian boasted that he had delivered considerably more than the 537 votes that gave Bush his victory in Florida, and allowed him to capture the White House. As Craig Unger describes, "in other words, without the mobilization of Saudi-funded Islamic groups, George W. Bush would not be president today." In June 2001, Al Arian was invited to the White House, along with a 160 members of the American Muslim Council, to be briefed by Karl Rove.
 
Another Day Of Infamy.
 
September 11th 2001 provided the opportunity for the Illuminati to finally embark upon the ultimate plan devised by Albert Pike, and articulated more recently by Samuel Huntington as a Clash of Civilization, a global war against Islam. As William Engdahl pointed out, "if the Bush administration had been unprepared for the shock of September 11, 2001, they certainly wasted no time in preparing their response, the war on terror. Terror was to replace communism as the new global image of "the enemy". On September 18, 2001, Niaz Niak, former Pakistani foreign secretary, told the BBC he had been informed by senior US officials at a mid-July Berlin meeting that "military action against Afghanistan would go ahead by the middle of October." Ultimately, the invasion of Afghanistan was a furtherance of the initial plans devised by Z.Brzezinski[20] to gain control over Central Asia.
 
As many who have spent time researching the events of September 11th 2001 have pointed out, there is zero credibility in the official mythology that Al Qaeda acted alone. Milton Beardman rebuffed the possibility, noting that, on his evaluation of the scale of the attacks, blame should not be attributed to bin Laden. Rather, he added that it was more probable that a far more "sophisticated" intelligence operation was responsible. Stan Goff, a retired US Army Special Forces Master Sergeant said:
 
"This cartoon heavy they've turned bin Laden into makes no sense, when you begin to appreciate the complexity and synchronicity of the attacks. As a former military person who's been involved in the development of countless operations orders over the years, I can tell you that this was a very sophisticated and costly enterprise that would have left what we call a huge "signature." In other words, it would be very hard to effectively conceal."
 
Military-strategic analyst and retired Major General Dr. Mahmoud Khalaf, a `Fellow` at Egypt's Higher Military Academy, Member of the Royal College of Defence Studies in London, Honorary Member of the Association of the United States Army in Fort Benning, in a presentation at the Centre for Asian Studies in the University of Cairo, related:
 
"First we are confronted with a technical operation of extremely great dimensions. We estimate that the planning organ for this operation must have consisted of at least 100 specialized technicians, who needed one year of planning... The high level of the operation does not match the level of evidence presented... Now, the puzzling question is the preparation and training of these people who had the capability to follow up and execute... There is, actually, one question, which is posed here. That is that there is no proportionality between the performance of the operation and the performance of bin Laden and his followers."
 
There is a growing body of evidence which points to complicity in the attacks at the very highest levels. Sibel Edmonds, an FBI translator says the agency covered up evidence warning of the 9-11 attack. Her attempts to blow the whistle on the cover-up of `intelligence` that names at least some of the culprits behind the 9/11 attacks, have resulted in two `gag` orders forbidding her from testifying in court or mentioning the names of the people or the countries involved. She has nevertheless been quoted as saying: "My translations of the 9/11 intercepts included [terrorist] money laundering, detailed and date-specific information ... if they were to do real investigations, we would see several significant high-level criminal prosecutions in this country [the US] ... and believe me, they will do everything to cover this up".
 
Arab `specialist` Antoine Sfeir, states that "the CIA maintained contacts with bin Laden until 1998. Those contacts didn't end after bin Laden moved to Afghanistan." As reported by the French daily Le Figaro, Osama Bin Laden was to undergo treatment at the American Hospital in Dubai, where he met a CIA official. Radio France International (RFI) corroborated the report, based on authoritative French intelligence sources, as well as "a witness, a professional partner of the administrative management of the hospital."
 
Although bin Laden denied the incident, stating that it was one of his sons who had been mistaken for him, the doctor who treated him has since refused to respond to questioning. While he was hospitalized, bin Laden also received visits from many members of his family, as well as prominent Saudis and Emiratis. And, days before September 11th , a delegation headed by Lt. Gen. Mahmoud Ahmed, Director-General of the Pakistani ISI, was in Washington, for top-level meetings in the White House, the Pentagon, the NSC, and with George Tenet, then head of the CIA, and Marc Grossman, the under-secretary of state for political affairs.
 
On September 10th, the Pakistani Daily News, acknowledging that talks must have revolved around Afghanistan and Osama bin Laden, noticed that the last time such visits had taken place, domestic politics had been turned on their `head,` and reported, "that this is not the first visit by Mahmoud in the last three months shows the urgency of the ongoing parleys."
 
However, immediately prior to the commencement of the bombing campaign against Afghanistan, Mahmoud was dismissed from his position, seemingly at the instigation of the US. Evidence had come to light that he had ordered $100,000 been wired to Mohammed Atta, the supposed ring-leader of the 9/11 attacks. The transfer was made through Ahmad Omar Sheikh, who was one of the three released in exchange for passengers of the hijacked Indian Airlines plane in 1999. Regarding the implication of such a connection, in an article for the UK Guardian, Michael Meacher pointed out that, "the case of Ahmed confirms that parts of the ISI directly supported and financed al-Qaeda, and it has long been established that the ISI has acted as go-between in intelligence operations on behalf of the CIA."
 
Ahmed Omar Saeed Sheikh (sometimes known as Umar Sheikh, Sheikh Omar, Sheik Syed, or by the alias "Mustafa Muhammad Ahmad" (born December 23, 1973) is a British-born militant of Pakistani descent with alleged links to various Islamic-based organisations, including Jaish-e-Mohammed, Al-Qaeda, Harkat-ul-Mujahideen and the Taliban.
 
He was arrested and served time in prison for the 1994 kidnappings of Western tourists in India, an act which he acknowledges, he was released from captivity in 1999 and was provided with safe passage into Pakistan with the support of the Taliban in exchange for passengers aboard hijacked Indian Airlines Flight 814. He is most well-known for his alleged role in the 2002 kidnapping and murder of Wall Street Journal reporter Daniel Pearl. Sheikh Omar Saeed was arrested by Pakistani police on February 12, 2002, in Lahore, in conjunction with the Pearl kidnapping, and was sentenced to death on July 15, 2002 for killing Pearl. His judicial appeal has not yet been heard. The delay has been ascribed to his confirmed links with Pakistan's Inter-Services Intelligence.
 
Former Pakistani President, Pervez Musharraf, in his book In the Line of Fire stated that Sheikh was originally recruited by British intelligence agency, MI6, while studying at the London School of Economics. He alleges Omar Sheikh was sent to the Balkans by MI6 to engage in jihadi operations. Musharraf later went on to state, "At some point, he probably became a rogue or double agent".
 
His complicity in the execution and the reasons behind it are in dispute. At his initial court appearance, he stated, "I don't want to defend this case. I did this... Right or wrong, I had my reasons. I think that our country shouldn't be catering to America's needs." but he subsequently appealed his conviction and is awaiting `due process` while in prison. Sheikh's lawyer has stated he will base his client's appeal on the recent admission of Khalid Sheikh Mohammed that he is the killer of Daniel Pearl.
 
Omar Sheikh[15] is still awaiting execution in Pakistan for the murder of Daniel Pearl in 2002, which he most certainly did not commit. Both the US government and Pearl's wife have since acknowledged that he was not responsible, but the Pakistani government refuses to try other suspects newly implicated in the case because it could reveal too much. Rather, the New York Times has since reported that "American officials said that Khalid Sheikh Mohammed, once al-Qaida's top operational commander [and the supposed architect of 9/11], personally executed Daniel Pearl ... but he was unlikely to be accused of the crime in an American criminal court because of the risk of divulging classified information".
 
According to court affidavits, in 1993, Khalid Sheikh Mohammed was quizzed by the Royal Canadian Mounted Police (RCMP) following an incident when an al Qaeda operative was caught entering the US with his driver's license and a false passport. The Mounties subsequently released Mohammed when the FBI claimed him as a prized asset, and the former US Army sergeant was free to continue running with al-Qaeda.
 
Notwithstanding the various theories that claim some sort of foul play in the 9/11 incident, it was investigative reporter Daniel Hopsicker who discovered a nest of intrigue in and around a flight school in Venice Florida, where the terrorists Mohammed Atta and Marwan al-Shehhi, were taking flying lessons. Hopsicker's research reveals a circle of evidence which has been ignored by the authorities, but which nevertheless offers up the most incriminating trail of information.
 
In his book, Terrorism And The Illuminati, Canadian Historian, researcher and author David Livingstone writes;
 
"According to Newsweek, the Washington Post and the New York Times, U.S. military officials gave the FBI information "suggesting that five of the alleged hijackers received training in the 1990s at secure U.S. military installations." Hijackers may have been trained in strategy and tactics at the Air War College in Montgomery Alabama. Two were former Saudi Air Force pilots. Mohammed Atta, their supposed ringleader, attended International Officers School at Maxwell Air Force Base in Montgomery, while Abdulaziz Alomari attended Aerospace Medical School at Brooks Air Force base in Texas, and Saeed Alghambi the Defense Language Institute in Monterey California."
 
Daniel Hopsicker, in `Welcome to Terrorland,` reveals and exposes the clandestine circumstances under which many of the terrorists involved in 9/11 were trained. Amazingly, at the very least, eight of the `terrorist pilots` received their initial training in Venice, Florida, at one or another of the Aviator schools run by Arne Kruithof and Rudi Dekkers. Dekkers, the owner of Huffman Aviation, had by all accounts previously been indicted in his homeland, Holland, on charges of fraud and money laundering. Dekkers coincidentally purchased the flight school at around the same time the `terrorist` pilots moved into town and began their lessons. Atta and al-Shehhi paid $28,000 each to Rudi Dekkers, for flight training available nearby for a fraction of the price. Yeslam bin Laden also supplied several students for training at Huffman, contradicting his claims of being estranged from his step-brother. Following 9/11, the FBI removed the files at Huffman, and loaded them onto a C-130 military cargo plane at the Sarasota airport, which took off for Washington with governor Jeb Bush on board. Oh how the plot sickens!
 
Mohammed Atta:
 
Though Dekkers denied there was any such relationship; according to Venice cab driver Bob Simpson, Dekkers and Mohammed Atta, "knew each other well, really well. They were friends." Strangely, it appears that the majority of Atta's closest associates in Venice were not Muslims, but `connected` Europeans. Atta's girlfriend in Venice, Amanda Keller, claimed that all of his friends, with the exception of al Shehhi, were either German or Dutch, including Dekkers and Kruithof. Atta is known to have called his German friends Wolfgang and Juergen, "my brother."
 
Daniel Hopsicker discovered that Atta lived for two months with Amanda Keller, an American stripper and lingerie model. He enjoyed the night-life, drinking, and snorted cocaine. This is not the behaviour one would normally associate with a devout Muslim. His email contacts included names of people who worked for defence contractors, like one who, for instance, worked for a Canadian firm, Virtual Prototypes, which helped develop the avionics for the F-15, F-22 and B-2 warplanes? Miss Keller, under pressure from the FBI to do so, publicly retracted her story. Similarly, according to two employees of a bar in Ft. Lauderdale, Atta whilst intoxicated has shouted out, "F*ck God!" However, once again, these witnesses also retracted their statements?
 
It is my opinion that the only likely explanation as to why Mohammed Atta would have hurled himself into a building, because it was most certainly not in the cause of Islam, is that he was an Illuminati mind-control slave[16]. His behaviour certainly conformed to the psychopathic model typical in such a condition. When Amanda Keller threw him out of her apartment, Atta avenged himself by disembowelling her pet cat and dismembering its half-dozen baby kittens, strewing the pieces around her apartment to be discovered when she returned home from work.
 
Following one of his drinking bouts, one eyewitness from a bar, described him as "kind of strange, because he was just staring. Every time I'd walk in and out, he had the same look on his face, so God knows what was going through his mind." Daniel Hopsicker, in `Welcome to Terrorland,` also reports he "heard speculation, from people who had been in his Atta's in Venice, that he looked as if he might have been brainwashed, not that anyone in town had ever seen anyone who had been brainwashed, but he looked the way they thought somebody in that condition might look."
 
During his four year stay in Hamburg, Atta was ostensibly a "scholarship" student at an elite international exchange program, run by an organization with ties to figures like David Rockefeller and Henry Kissinger. The U.S. end of the operation being coordinated from an address at the U.N. Plaza in New York, by CDS International, named after Carl Duisberg, who headed the Bayer Corporation, and founded I.G. Farben. It was Duisberg who during WWII, devised the slave labour system later perfected by IG Farben, which in turn provided the financing for the infamous Joseph Mengele, who later developed the MK-Ultra and Monarch mind control programs.
 
It is likely that Mohammed Atta was a believer, albeit a mentally unbalanced one. David Livingstone surmises in his book that he feels it more likely that Atta, rather than being programmed to carry out the destruction of 9/11, was merely a `patsy`. According to CIA hypnosis expert Milton Klein, creating such a candidate is easier than programming a Manchurian Candidate. The patsy can be induced by hypnosis to do things which later show up as circumstantial evidence that will get him falsely blamed for a crime. Klein has claimed he can create a patsy in three months; a Manchurian Candidate takes six months.
 
September 11th 2001.
 
The multi faceted attacks of 9/11 could not have been carried out by CIA asset Osama Bin Laden and Al Qaeda; it would have been impossible for them to have completely dismantled the entire NORAD fighter response system. That one fact alone should have been obvious from the start, but the official story said "that's what happened," and with the Illuminist controlled media on board-they caused it to become public consensus.
 
So if it wasn't Obama and Al Qaeda, who was it?
 
Evidence which has surfaced since that fateful day, reveals that the PNAC possessed all that was necessary in order to execute a 9/11, including insider access, skilled manpower, influence and vitally, remote control technology, care of Rabbi Dov S. Zakheim.
 
Rabbi Dov S. Zakheim, CEO of System Planning Corp.
 
Rabbi Zakheim was a well respected and established figure within the intelligence community, which accounts for his upwardly mobile move from Systems Planning Corporation to Comptroller of the Pentagon in May 2001.
 
The `company` website indicates that System Planning Corp. (SPC) specializes in several areas of defence technology, including a highly sophisticated war-game technology that allows the control of as many as eight different drones from a remote location, either on the ground or airborne, on varying frequencies, and has a range of several hundred miles. This technology can be used on many different types of aircraft, including large passenger jets. One system developed by their Radar Physics Group is the Flight Termination System. This is a system used to destroy target drones. For example, if a drone that was fired on and was "missed", then the drone target would be destroyed.
 
Prior to 9/11, the SPC website shows a recent purchaser of this technology was USAF Eglin AFB, Florida. Eglin is very near MacDill AFB, Florida, where Rabbi Zakheim contracted to send at least 32 Boeing 767 aircraft, as part of the Boeing /Pentagon tanker lease agreement. So the question here is did the 767's that hit the World Trade Centre come from this arraignment by Zakheim?
 
Coincidentally or not, it was an SPC subsidiary, TriData Corp., which had overseen the official investigation following the World Trade Centre bombing in 1993. During Rabbi Zakheim's period as CFO and Comptroller of the Pentagon, there were reports of substantial fraud. Donald Rumsfeld is on record as having stated "According to some estimates we cannot track $2.3 trillion in transactions," Not surprisingly, not long after, Dov Zakheim resigned.
 
The Main Conspirators And Likely Suspects.
 
Richard Cheney ­ was the obvious leader of the coup. Cheney appeared to have been one of the main organizers as well as, he had exclusive OEM authority for the drills and exercises, as well as, coordinating the deceptive obstruction of the defence responses on 9/11. He was also instrumental in the cover-up and spin.
 
Donald Rumsfeld ­ was involved in designing the war games, implementing the disabling DOD (Department Of Defence) directive, setting up the diversionary training, the shuffling in of `patsies,` and the massive cover-up operation at the Pentagon and Shanksville.
 
Lewis "Scooter" Libby ­ Chief of Staff for the Vice President, one of Cheney's most trusted advisors and a member of his shadow government. He was one of the "chosen few" that were in the White House bunker with Cheney. No doubt, he was one of those behind-the-scenes characters that piloted the spin machine.
 
Robert James Woolsey ­ as former director of the CIA, he was involved in designing the terrorist exercises. He personally participated in several important exercises that were utilized to test the responses of key personnel. Did his intelligence connections play a role? He was one of the first to spin the story to the media, blaming the attack on Iraq.
 
Dov S. Zakheim ­ previously he was CEO of System Planning Corp. Appears to have used his connections at System Planning Corp. for the remote technology (see below). He is alleged to have been involved in a massive embezzlement at the Pentagon when he was comptroller, which appears to have prompted his resigning. Did the accounting fraud finance the neocon's 9/11 operation?
 
George Bush Sr. ­ ex-head of CIA, and ex-President, worked through his Carlyle Group associations with his friends in the Bin Laden family. He would be instrumental in Saudi diplomacy.
 
George Bush Jr. ­ played his role as the idiot-in-chief. He was also active in the cover-up and spin. Bush used his office to promote the USama Bin Laden and WMD fables, while dishing out toxic levels of propaganda to support his "War of Terror".
 
General Meyers ­ During 9/11, he was the acting Joint Chief of Staff. It would have been impossible to carry out the attacks without his complacent cooperation.
 
Paul Wolfowitz ­ as Deputy Secretary of Defense, he headed a group of about 700 military experts. The huge "think tank" had formulated plans to remove Saddam Hussein and for the invasion of Iraq. (Background details from 9/11 exposed.org)
 
The major figures within the PNAC had the motive, means, and ability to arrange, organise and carry out the 9/11 attacks. As we have previously discussed, bin Laden and Al Qaeda acting alone, could not have orchestrated such an elaborate operation. The fact of the matter is that bin Laden was simply playing the part of the scapegoat. In order to be able to sideline US defences it was necessary for the conspirators to have operatives installed at the very highest levels of the government:
 
1. The operation needed access to the nation's most secure facilities, including the Pentagon. Only insiders would have that kind of access.
 2. Only those with privy knowledge from highly classified materials could have had the know-how.
 3. Access to large amounts of capital to finance the operation.
 4. Connections to military leaders to suppress responses and make key substitutions to personnel.
 5. Have a willing and able support staff that is of the highest allegiance. (The Secret Service, CIA, FBI, and loyal foreign agents like MOSAAD).
 6. CIA, ISI, and DIA Intelligence information.
 7. Ability to run "mock trials" of the operation, through practice exercises and war games.
 8. Top military technologies, missiles, remote & drone science, and an arsenal of high explosives, with the facilities to implement them (hangers, technicians, etc.).
 9. Access to military aircraft (C-130 or EC-130).
 10. The authorization to send personnel overseas, like Powell, Scrwcroft, and Paul O'Neil, whom may interfere with the scheme.
 11. The ability to make decisive directives. Examples are the Rumsfeld DOD hijacking directive and the OEM authority given to Cheney over all exercises and preparedness drills.
 12. Recruit, fund, and train several `patsy` terrorists.
 13. Coordinate FEMA, FBI, and other rescue units, to support cover-up processes.
 14. Willing accomplices in the media were needed to propagate the lies.
 15. The means to take advantage of the attacksBox cutters just weren't enough
 
 Cui Bono (Who Benefits.)
 
So who did benefit from the 9/11 attacks and the resulting "War of Terror?"
 
Did Saddam Hussein get any benefit out of 9/11? None at all; his country was invaded, his army defeated, his government toppled and he himself was executed (supposedly).
 
Did the pro-Israeli neo-conservatives benefit? Yes they did!. In fact, they achieved more or less everything that they could have possible wished for. Let's take a look:
 
1.
They advanced the Zionist doctrine by profiling Arabs as our enemies, thus America and its allies joined Israel in their "War of Terror." On September 11th, former Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu when asked about U.S.-Israeli relations; his quick reply was, "It's very goodWell, it's not good, but it will generate immediate sympathy [for Israel]"
 
2. Two Arab nations; Iraq and Afghanistan. Attacked and destroyed
 3. They made massive profits during reconstruction efforts, mostly from scams and embezzling U.S. taxpayer dollars.
 4. Secured the strategic oil fields of Iraq.
 5. Made lucrative profits for the neocon-linked oil and gas companies.
 6. Established a permanent presence in the Middle East.
 7. Seized the important Afghanistan pipeline corridor for pumping out gas and oil from the former Soviet states around the Caspian region.
 8. Increased the U.S. military spending to 3.8 percent of GDP.
 9. Increased profits to the defence contracting industries.
 10. Funded new research and development for more "war technology".
 11. Created a new military-civilian-complex called Homeland Security.
 12. Made immense profits from these Homeland Security-based contracts (i.e. Airport security scanners, etc.).
 13. Advanced the neo-conservative political agenda; "police state" legislation like the Patriot Act and domestic spying programs.
 14. Increased spending on covert intelligence agencies (CIA, NSA, etc.).
 15. Used the 9/11 attacks as a propaganda tool, to advance their "War on Terror" agenda; the new WMD, weapon of mass deception.
 16. Endorsed a neo-con "National Security Strategy;" a new U.S. doctrine of pre-emptive strike.
 
 
So who benefited from 9/11? Israel and the neo-cons, yes, but ultimately, the Illuminati Luciferian Agenda for World Government as the planet was driven ever closer toward WWIII.
 
Who lost out? The people of the United States, Afghanistan, and Iraq.
 
Who's next? See part Nine!!
 
 
Comments to: http://righteousalliance.blogspot.com/  
 
 
Reference:
1] http://www.google.com/search?ie=UTF-8&oe=UTF-8&q=leo+
strauss&sa=Search&domains=rense.com&sitesearch=rense.com
2] http://www.google.com/search?ie=UTF-8&oe=UTF-8&q=Barry+Chamish&domains=rense.com&sitesearch=rense.com
3] http://www.terrorism-illuminati.com/illuminati
4] http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/sociopolitica/consp_acua/consp_acua_add1.htm
5] http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/sociopolitica/esp_sociopol_cfr_14.htm
6] http://www.terrorism-illuminati.com/illuminati  & 
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_enlightenment
7] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nihilism
8] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Anarchy
9] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Thomas_Hobbes
10] http://www.newamericancentury.org/RebuildingAmericasDefenses.pdf
11] http://www.google.com/search?q=false+flag+operation&rls=com.microsoft:en-gb:IE-SearchBox&ie=UTF-8&oe=UTF-8&sourceid=ie7&rlz=1I7GPEA_enDK310 
12] http://911review.com/precedent/century/gladio.html
13] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mir-Hossein_Mousavi
14] http://socyberty.com/government/criticism-of-plato-the-republic/
15] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Omar_Sheikh
16] http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/sociopolitica/sociopol_mindconMKULTRA.htm#Additional_Information
17] http://www.google.com/search?ie=UTF-8&oe=UTF-8&q=the+aspen+institute&sa=Search&domains=rense.com&sitesearch=rense.com
18] http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/esp_sociopol_911.htm
19] http://www.rense.com/general43/byrd.htm
20] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Zbigniew_Brzezinski
 

The Nexus Of Evil - Pt 9

Introduction:
 
For most of us, the events of September 11th 2001 may have changed the world as we knew it, but not the world that was! The Hidden Masters of that secret world which most know nothing about, took a quantum leap towards the attainment of their `Great Work Of Ages` that fateful Autumnal day, eight years ago. Ironically, and tragically, it took the loss of thousands of lives, the destruction of millions of dollars worth of property, and the sheer transparency of the official lie, to provide a shock sodden wake up call to humanity that not all was as it should be.
 
It is true that most of the global population sucked up the official story programmed into them by the Mass Media; but nonetheless, for many like myself, when those planes hit the twin towers, it was as if a `Stargate` to a different reality had appeared before me, shattering what illusions I had left, providing the impetus for me to once again use the investigative skills I had learnt as a Police Officer, in order to search for that most elusive element in the human experience; The Truth!
 
Following five years of reading and investigation, it was in 2007 that I began to write down my thoughts. I am neither academic nor intellectual, just a retired Cop, so the course I am now following is not an easy one. Yet the rewards of sharing one's findings with those who have understanding, and leading them on to researchers far more capable than myself, far outweigh the struggles and trials one faces in gathering such information and then setting it down coherently for others to read.
 
Here in this, the ninth part of what has become an extended series of articles, we will bring our story more or less up to date, and in the following conclusion, look forward to what likely scenario awaits us as we move ever closer to that seemingly inevitable `crisis` point, which will determine whether the intrinsic good that is in the heart of the mass of humanity, will arise at last, and release itself, from its tormentors, or whether a Third World War of catastrophic proportions will cull the mass of the people of the planet, and thrust humankind into the past darkly; inaugurating a brutal Global Fiefdom, with Lucifer as its Royal Lord, and the Illuminists its Aristocratic Regulators.
 
If we accept that a conflict, or `Clash Of Civilisations` between the West and Islam can be regarded as the key to unlock the Illuminati's Pandora's Box for the installation of a world government, then in this the penultimate `episode` in the series, it is to the Islamic world, its relations with the West, and the key conspirators involved, that we must again return to and focus our attention on.
 
So then, to the task at hand!
 
The New Machiavelli:
 
"World War Three is to be fomented by using the differences the agentur of the Illuminati stir up between Political Zionists and the Leaders of the Moslem world. The war is to be directed in such a manner that Islam and Political Zionism (including the State of Israel) will destroy themselves while at the same time the remaining nations, once more divided against each other on this issue, will be forced to fight themselves into a state of complete exhaustion physically, mentally, spiritually and economically." Albert Pike[1].
 
Have you heard of Michael Ledeen? [2]As a non American, I admit that I had not, prior to reading David Livingstone's book, Terrorism And The Illumniati [3]. I would hazard a guess that even those aware of who Ledeen is, have no idea of the man's extraordinary influence in US foreign affairs. I think it's time we get to know about a man whose whole portfolio is tainted with murder and blood, and whose influence is such, that innocent nations get invaded upon his recommendation.
 
In order to ensure success in Pike's proposed clash with the Muslim world, the Illuminati had intended all along, that following the 9/11 `False Flag` operation, the already planned invasions of Afghanistan and Iraq would accomplish far more than mere "regime change," and the ruse introduction of so called democracy; rather, territorial and cultural conquest and occupation. Ledeen, one of the most most influential of the Neo Con spokesmen, has termed the US strategy in the Middle East and Central Asia as,"Total War."
 
"No stages. This is total war. We are fighting a variety of enemies. There are lots of them out there. All this talk about first we are going to do Afghanistan, then we will do Iraq... this is entirely the wrong way to go about it. If we just let our vision of the world go forth, and we embrace it entirely and we don't try to piece together clever diplomacy, but just wage a total war... our children will sing great songs about us years from now."
 
Ledeen is a resident scholar at the right-wing "think-tank", the American Enterprise Institute[5], where he works with the former chairman of the Defence Policy Board, Richard Perle[4]. He is also a contributing editor to the U.S. National Review and the Jewish World Review, and was a founding member of the Jewish Institute for National Security Affairs, JINSA. In 2003, the Washington Post discovered that he was the only full-time international affairs analyst consulted by Karl Rove, George W. Bush's closest advisor. In other words, the man is mainline Illuminati.
 
Ledeen had been present in Italy in the late 1970s, when he acted in a consultative capacity for Italian military intelligence, and cultivated strong connections to right-wing factions, including the notorious P2 Masonic Lodge. P2 was responsible for Italy's `Strategy of Tension,` which was a campaign of false-flag terror operations, waged by the Gladio Brigades[6], under the patronage of the CIA and the Mafia. These were intended to discredit the increasingly popular Communist Party.
 
Early in 1978, Italian Prime Minister Aldo Moro was kidnapped and later assassinated by the so-called "Red brigades," an apparently pro Soviet terrorist group. Evidence now exists that shows Moro's murder was orchestrated by P2[7], and that both the "Red" and "Black" brigades were heavily penetrated by US intelligence, who are credited with "running" them. The `Strategy of Tension` campaign culminated in the Bologna train station bombing of 1980.
 
When P2 had come under increasing scrutiny in 1979, Masonic grandmaster Lucio Gelli had reportedly made his base of operations the Montecarlo Comite. Known members of the Montecarlo Comite are Gelli, Henry Kissinger, Alexander Haig, former Supreme Commander of NATO, and Michael Ledeen.
 
Ledeen then returned to Washington in 1981 as "anti-terrorism" advisor to Alexander Haig, the new secretary of state. During the following years, Ledeen used his position as consultant to Haig, the Pentagon and the National Security Council under Ronald Reagan, to propagate the idea of a global terrorist conspiracy based in the Kremlin, with the KGB supposedly pulling the strings of all of the world's key terrorist groups, particularly those in the Middle East.
 
He was also a major player in the Iran-Contra Affair. As a consultant of National Security Adviser Robert C. McFarlane, Ledeen vouched for Iranian intermediary Manucher Ghorbanifar, and met with Israeli Prime Minister Shimon Peres, and officials of the Israeli Foreign Ministry and the CIA to arrange meetings with high-ranking Iranian officials and the much-criticized weapons-for-hostages deal with Iran, that would become known as the Iran-Contra scandal [3].
 
Ledeen had, along with Arnaud de Borchgrave, in `The New Republic,` "exposed" some details of Billy Carter's dealings with the Muammar Gaddafi regime in Libya, which de-legitimized his brother's presidency. Ledeen seems to be again involved in the fabrication of evidence, this time in the instance of the forged documents "uncovered" by Italian intelligence. These depicted an attempt by Iraq's Saddam Hussein regime to purchase yellow-cake uranium from Niger, which formed the basis of President Bush's support for the invasion of Iraq, and which subsequently unravelled into the "Plamegate" scandal.
 
Regarding regime change in Iraq, in 2002 Ledeen criticized the views of former National Security Adviser Brent Scowcroft, writing:
 
"He fears that if we attack Iraq we could have an explosion in the Middle East. It could turn the whole region into a cauldron and destroy the War on Terror. One can only hope that we turn the region into a cauldron, and faster, please. If ever there were a region that richly deserved being cauldronized, it is the Middle East today. If we wage the war effectively, we will bring down the terror regimes in Iraq, Iran, and Syria, and either bring down the Saudi monarchy or force it to abandon its global assembly line to indoctrinate young terrorists. That's our mission in the war against terror."
 
Ledeen specifically called for the deposition of Saddam Hussein's regime by force in 2002:
 
"Okay, well if we are all so certain about the dire need to invade Iraq, then when do we do so? Yesterday!"
 
Ledeen's statements prior to the start of the Iraq war such as "desperately-needed and long overdue war against Saddam Hussein" and "dire need to invade Iraq" make his later statement to Glenn Greenwald that he "opposed the military invasion of Iraq before it took place" to be an "outright lie". However, Ledeen maintains these statements are consistent since: "I advocated - as I still do - support for political revolution in Iran as the logical and necessary first step in the war against the terror masters."
 
In Ledeen's own words, on a leadership trait he admires, from his book Universal Fascism:
 
"In order to achieve the most noble accomplishments, the leader may have to 'enter into evil.' This is the chilling insight that has made Machiavelli so feared, admired and challenging... we are rotten.... It's true that we can achieve greatness if, and only if, we are properly led."
 
Ledeen stated, at a meeting of the American Enterprise Institute, involving Richard Perle, Newt Gingrich, Nathan Sharansky and James Woolsey:
 
Regime change" must be achieved by any means necessary in Iraq, Iran, Syria, Saudi Arabia and the Palestinian Authority."
 
In his book, Machiavelli on Modern Leadership: Why Machiavelli's Iron Rules Are as Timely and Important Today as Five Centuries Ago, Michael Ledeen proclaimed, "Change ­ above all violent change ­ is the essence of human history." Again we see how intrinsic the application of the Hegelian Dialectic [8] is to the Illuminati Agenda. Ultimately, Ledeen believes that violence in the service of the spread of what he feels is "freedom" around the world is merely a continuation of America's revolutionary struggle. "Total war" says Ledeen, "not only destroys the enemy's military forces, but also brings the enemy society to an extremely personal point of decision, so that they are willing to accept a reversal of the cultural trends. The sparing of civilian lives cannot be the total war's first priority... The purpose of total war is to permanently force your will onto another people."
 
An Arc Of Crisis - For Muslims.
 
Following the defeat of the Soviet Union in 1989, at the hands of the CIA backed Mujahideen in Afghanistan [9], and very much in line with what the PNAC would later propose in it's 2000 document, `Rebuilding America's Defences,` the US administration began to assume an ever more aggressive stance in its international policies. As we have seen above in Part Eight, (and dealt with below) in the wake of 9/11, the G.W Bush administration launched what could be interpreted as a NEO CON -Zionist Crusade against the nations of Afghanistan and then Iraq.
 
In Afghanistan, even though some eight years later, hostilities continue, a so-called victory was quickly declared over the Taliban's Islamic Emirate, eliminating the rule of Shari'ah and replacing it with a puppet anti-Islamic government that showered the Afghani people with promises of a better life and freedom. In the absence of any rival superpower, the US, now assuming for itself the role of global policeman, all indications are that the PNAC conspirators in the US Government calculated that the so-called victory in Afghanistan would pave the way for unconditional and unopposed control over the Muslim world.
 
However, a few months following the invasion, it became evident the US had not even been able to secure the safety of its own soldiers in Afghanistan-let alone to take control of the country-proving the Taliban[10], having executed a tactical withdrawal of their troops from major cities to preserve their arms and fighters, remained undefeated. The only discernible achievement of the US led invasion has been the spread of poverty, crime, diseases, a degradation of security and an `explosion` in drug trafficking in those areas under the control of the Satanic alliance.
 
In addition, the sharp increase in day and night Mujahideen operations against the allied forces, forcing them to withdraw from many of their positions in the south, east and centre of the country, had inflicted continuous losses to the allied military forces. But despite all this, the US has on the contrary, vigorously pursued the murderous Neo Con Agenda of colonialism and conquest in Afghanistan, and at this juncture, there seems no end to its ambitions there.
 
Then, in 2003, ignoring world opinion and massive public opposition, American led, so called coalition forces, invaded Iraq on grounds which were nothing but lies, launching what was termed operation `Shock And Awe,` against a people who had already suffered terribly for almost a decade under US sponsored UN sanctions, and who were in no position to defend themselves..
 
As in Afghanistan, the US administration exercised similar inhumane and barbaric policies in their attempt to take control over Iraq, as is reflected in the random detention, on a massive scale of Iraqi men, women, the elderly and even children; along with the destruction and looting of their homes and properties under the pretext of 'hunting down' resistance fighters.
 
As a result, thousands of ordinary Iraqis with no part to play in the saga, other than trying to live their lives and survive, have been illegally detained and many killed whilst in detention. It is clear that the objective of such a hostile policy against innocent civilians has been to terrorize the Iraqi populace into subjection.
 
In order appreciate the strategy of the operations now being conducted against the Islamic world by the Illuninati Hidden Power, in the ostensible form of the Neo Con/Libs and Zionists, we will briefly examine in more detail the conflicts in both Afghanistan and Iraq.
 
Afghanistan : Slaughter For Oil Pipelines And Poppy Fields.
 
On September 11, 2001, as the twin towers of the World Trade Centre collapsed to the ground, and part of the Pentagon lay in rubble, all fingers almost immediately began pointing to the one man, whom the US, has, over the years brainwashed the American public to hate, fear and seek "protection" against. The U.S. has accused Osama bin Laden of being involved in many acts of terrorism, not providing any evidence to justify these accusations.
 
In Afghanistan, the Taliban Government followed suit and denounced the attacks. Wakeel Ahmed Mutawakel, the foreign minister of Afghanistan's ruling Taliban regime, told the Arab television network Al Jazeera, "We denounce this terrorist attack, whoever is behind it." [CNN - 09/12/01]. Afghanistan was one of the very first nations to express its condolences to the families of the victims of the horrific and atrocious act, which has no basis in Islam.
 
The U.S. Administration however, playing the wounded and indignant victim, stated adamantly, via the bought and paid for global media, that it was in no doubt that Osama bin Laden and his Al Qaeda network was the force behind the attacks, and almost immediately threatened Afghanistan with military measures for harbouring a "terrorist" and "terrorist camps."
 
The US quickly managed, mostly but not exclusively via coercion, to get some forty other nations `on board, in their 'coalition against `terror.` The Taliban asked the U.S. not to attack their already war-ravaged country, which even at that time continued to feel the effects of sanctions and an ever present famine. They also repeatedly asked the U.S. to provide them with evidence for their accusations that Osama bin Laden was responsible for the attacks on the World Trade Centre and Pentagon, making it clear that they would try him in court, but no evidence was given by the U.S., either to the world, or to the Taliban. The Taliban ambassador to Pakistan, Abdul Salam Zaeef said in a press conference on Friday September 21 that, "It has angered Muslims of the world and can plunge the whole region into a crisis. We are ready to cooperate if we are shown evidence. If American agencies are bent on putting the blame on bin Laden, then they won't be able to catch the real culprits."
 
In an attempt to win popular support and pacify world public opinion, the US claimed to have provided its allies with irrefutable evidence that Osama bin Laden was responsible for the attacks. However, when British Prime Minister, Tony Blair, subsequently made this 'evidence' public, numerous political analysts and journalists rejected it as being flimsy and weak.
 
Taliban leader Mullah Mohammad Omar said, "It is unacceptable that America issues ultimatums to the Islamic world either to listen to America's message or accept destruction." Holding Osama bin Laden responsible for the strikes in New York and Washington is an excuse, he said. "Afghanistan does not have resources, nor is Osama that powerful, nor does he have contacts with the outside world to carry out or plan such attacks. We also do not give him permission to use Afghan territory against any other country." Osama bin Laden has also explicitly denied having any involvement in the attacks on the U.S.
 
Whilst the Taliban made repeated efforts to prevent another devastating war, by asking America to provide evidence of it's accusations against Osama bin Laden, Mullah Omar also made it clear that if the U.S. still chose to fight unnecessarily, the Taliban would retaliate. "Let America be assured that war in Afghanistan is not a picnic," he said, explaining that Afghanistan had never tried to create problems with America. "We have held talks in the present and the past with U.S. governments several times, and we are ready for more talks. If they choose otherwise, they are looking for an endless war that will burn America and America only. When America doesn't choose a peaceful way out of this and chooses war and confrontation, she only is responsible for the consequences."
 
Undeterred by the calls for justice, the U.S. together with its biggest ally, the UK, began its preparations for war, placing military forces on standby alert.
 
Was The "Evidence" Against Osama Bin Laden Justification For War?
 
If the case against Osama Bin Laden was weak, and it really was, then we have to ask ourselves "why did the US and the coalition attack Afghanistan in the first place and why are they still there?"
 
The UK's Independent newspaper on 7th October 2001, published an article of a UK Government document report intended to vindicate its case against Bin Laden, as being entirely without substance.
 
The report was initially heralded as being evidence of Osama bin Laden's guilt, but instead, close analysis of the 21-page document put out by the Government revealed a report of conjecture, supposition and unsubstantiated assertions of fact. It used every trick in the Whitehall drafter's arsenal to make the reader believe they were reading something they were not: a damning indictment of Mr. bin Laden for the events of 11th September.
 
Tony Blair and his officials were it was said delighted with the reaction to publication of the dossier. British Ministers believe the document has sealed the propaganda war, convincing the country of the need to move against Mr. bin Laden and al-Qa'ida and to accept limited British and civilian casualties.
 
The report was put together by a committee which included senior members of MI5 and MI6, working round the clock, with drafts going backwards and forwards to Washington. Within Whitehall, the dossier was seen as vital to gaining the approval of a naturally cautious and sceptical British public. As a paper produced by mandarins anxious to brook no argument it is a classic of its kind, straight from the script of Yes Minister: short on checkable detail; long on bold assertion; highly selective with the choice of facts.
 
UK Officials when they prepare such reports operate to a set of principles. They know that unlike the US, and thanks to their efforts in suppressing freedom of information down the years, Britain is a secret society. The British are not accustomed to having anything presented to us about intelligence matters and threats to national security. That, plus the British characteristic of not defying authority, especially in times of crisis, means that if the Government says loudly enough that something is "evidence", even if it is not, it will be accepted as such.
 
In the introduction, not the conclusion, the document stated: "The clear conclusions reached by the government are: Osama bin Laden and Al Qaeda, the terrorist network which he heads, planned and carried out the atrocities on 11 September 2001." Introductions, as the authors knew too well, normally set up a document, relating the background as to why the book or, in this instance, a government document, has been written. Here, that convention was rejected: from the word go, the Government wanted to ensure the point of the document was conveyed.
 
The document's complete lack of substantive evidence proving that Osama bin Laden was responsible for the attacks on 9/11, in addition to all other official grounds given by the US Government renders the war in Afghanistan illegal. Many people go on about the US obtaining UN mandates for this action but the only type they obtained were mandates which legitimise this action in principal, what that means is that the UN mandates only say (in lay terms) that a nation is justified in retaliation against another nations unprovoked attack, what is not mentioned is that absolutely no mandate was obtained to bomb Afghanistan on the basis of weak evidence.
 
Leaving that aside, lets' discuss the above points in the two previous sections, did the US have something to hide in not presenting the "evidence" to the Taliban and a World Court? Well of course it did! If Osama was guilty then why did they not simply present the `evidence` to the Taliban instead of belligerently demanding that the Taliban hand him over, with no conditions even though the US provided absolutely zero evidence that bin Laden was guilty? Certainly it would seem that the Taliban were justified in not handing over Osama Bin Laden, just because a foreign country demands his extradition, without presenting substantive `evidence!` This swiftly moves us to conclude that the evidence was insufficient to convict Osama Bin Laden! The conclusion of the article itself is summarised quite neatly in this one sentence:
 
"...close analysis of the 21-page document put out by the Government on Thursday reveals a report of conjecture, supposition and unsubstantiated assertions of fact. It uses every trick in the Whitehall drafter's arsenal to make the reader believe they are reading something they are not: a damning indictment of Mr. bin Laden for the events of 11 September."
 
Again we must ask ourselves, if the "evidence" was not sufficient to convict bin Laden in a court of law (as the above article says) then why was the war launched in the first place and why are they still bombing Afghanistan? We would do well to remember that the USA stated that they it was bombing Afghanistan specifically to make the Taliban hand over Bin Laden.
 
Another shoddy tactic used by the Western leaders to further demonise Osama Bin Laden in order to rally public support, was the disappearing "video" in which Osama Bin Laden apparently "confesses" that he was in fact the mastermind behind 9/11. Needless to say, the video which was scheduled to be screened to the world failed to appear, and all we were left with as `proof` was the dubious word of Prime Minister Tony Blair and an unsubstantiated transcript of the video. But consider this; if they managed to make a transcript of Osama's `confession` , why then were they unable to produce the video for the world to see? Think about it, if they claim to have seen this video why did they not show it to us? Since they had a transcript it is only logical that they had the tape, so where was this tape? At this point I would like to offer two good links which feature many good articles and links about this ongoing saga, What really happened? and September the 11th, they provide good articles and links from highly credible sources.
 
To shed further doubt on the official reason for the invasion of Afghanistan, here is a short transcript from a BBC article which says that Bin Laden never claimed to have any nuclear weapons or weapons of mass destruction in the Urdu translation of the interview he had with the editor of the Pakistani newspaper, Dawn, and that it was only in the English translation that he claimed to have these weapons. The full article can be found here.[11]
 
Pakistani journalist Hamid Mir, the editor of the Urdu-language newspaper Ausaf, conducted the interview with Bin Laden, who is widely held responsible for the suicide attacks on the United States two months ago. Dawn's English version quotes Bin Laden as saying:
 
"If America used chemical and nuclear weapons against us, then we may retort with chemical and nuclear weapons. We have the weapons as a deterrent."
 
Mr Mir then asks Bin Laden where he got the weapons, which the al-Qaeda leader declines to answer.
 
But in the Urdu version of the article, Bin Laden does not threaten to use nuclear or chemical weapons.
 
"The US is using chemical weapons against us and it has also decided to use nuclear weapons. But our war will continue," he says, according to the BBC's own translation of the Ausaf article.
 
The two versions are otherwise very similar, says the BBC Monitoring unit."
 
Truly an insight into the workings of the media whores the world over! This clearly shows that an intended and purposeful propaganda campaign to demonise Osama bin Laden in particular and Islam in general in the eyes of the West, in an effort to gain support for the illegal war against the people of Afghanistan.
 
"I had no knowledge of these attacks, nor do I consider the killing of innocent women, children and other humans as an appreciable act. Islam strictly forbids causing harm to innocent women, children and other people. Such a practice is forbidden even in the course of a battle."- Osama Bin Laden. This is what he declared in an interview with the Pakistani newspaper, `The Ummat.`
 
Since the "evidence" against Osama Bin Laden is non-existent in legal terms, why then is the US led coalition still occupying Afghanistan and condoning what can only be described as `Neo Colonialism` and massive scale terrorism?
 
Perhaps the same rational, logic and action should have been applied to Israel when they they refused to hand over Ariel Sharon, who was being investigated for major war-crimes (this is exactly the same situation as with Bin Laden, who has never been convicted, and yet the US demanded his extradition) yet we saw no great military coalition being formed against Israel, let alone a bombing campaign! Again, it must be emphasised that the Taliban were never provided with any evidence to prove Osama's guilt, so could hardly be expected to hand over a man to another country on the basis of mere suspicion?
 
The Neo-Con Zionist Axis Turned America Into A Terrorist Nation.
 
This is in flagrant violation of UN rules, but as we all know by now, the USA government, or rather those pulling its strings do not consider themselves to be subject to the multitude of laws and regulations used to bind the rest of us, while at the same time, hypocritically condemning other nations for not following UN rules.
 
This link [12]to a speech by Noam Chomsky explains how the US, even though in not so may words, declared a terrorist state by an International court of human rights, has refused to accept any responsibility for it's covert operations (terrorism) in Nicaragua or to submit to due process for it's policy which led to the deaths of thousands of people in that land.
 
Of interest is the The America service members protection Act 2001[13] which effectively prevents it's VIP's, politicians and it's military from being held to account and or prosecuted for war crimes. One must ask, if a nation goes to these lengths to `immunise` itself from the possibility of being prosecuted for war-crimes which are known about; is it committing wartime atrocities which are hidden from public knowledge?
 
I think it safe to say that the latter option is in the affirmative. In fact, the Project Monarch and MK-Ultra Mind Control Programmes attest to this fact. But I digress.
 
Terrorism Is Subjective..
 
So, former President Bush's `just war?` turns out to be anything but. Clearly many other states harbour supposed terrorists, so why are they specifically bombing Afghanistan (and now Yemen, Iraq, Somalia, etc.)? America did not even accede to the Taliban's simple request, that it hand over evidence of Osama's guilt to have him extradited. Of course, they never had a case against him in the first place, and were merely attempting to justify the implementation of `Phase One` in the build-up to the Clash Of Civilisations.
 
As an added bonus, most certainly the American defence industry has reaped huge benefits from the war, and as Zbigniew Brzezinski wrote in his book, `The Grand Chessboard,` the domination of Central Asia and its plentiful supply of mineral deposits, would be the primary strategic objective in the 21st Century.
 
The Devastation Of An Innocent People.
 
http://www.cursor.org/stories/civilian_deaths.htm  
 
What causes the documented high level of civilian casualties -- 3,767 civilian deaths in eight and a half weeks -- in the U.S. air war upon Afghanistan? The explanation is the apparent willingness of U.S. military strategists to fire missiles into and drop bombs upon, heavily populated areas of Afghanistan. A legacy of the ten years of civil war during the 80s is that many military garrisons and facilities are located in urban areas where the Soviet-backed government had placed them since they could be better protected there from attacks by the rural Mujahideen. Successor Afghan governments inherited these emplacements.
 
To suggest that the Taliban used 'human shields' is more revealing of the historical amnesia and racism of those making such claims, than of Taliban deeds. Anti-aircraft emplacements will naturally be placed close to ministries, garrisons, communications facilities, etc.. A heavy bombing onslaught must necessarily result in substantial numbers of civilian casualties simply by virtue of proximity to 'military targets', a reality exacerbated by the admitted occasional poor targeting, human error, equipment malfunction, and the irresponsible use of out-dated Soviet maps. But, the critical element remains the very low value put upon Afghan civilian lives by U.S. military planners and the political elite, as clearly revealed by U.S. willingness to bomb heavily populated regions.
 
"Current Afghan civilian lives must and will be sacrificed in order to [possibly] protect future American lives."
 
Actions speak, and words [can] obscure: the hollow pretence of pious pronouncements made by Rumsfeld, Rice and the compliant corporate media about the great care taken to minimize collateral damage is plain for all to see. Other U.S. bombing targets struck are impossible to 'explain' in terms other than the U.S. seeking to inflict maximum pain upon Afghan society and its perceived 'enemies': the targeted bombing of the Kajakai dam power station, the Kabul telephone exchange, the Al Jazeera Kabul office, trucks and buses filled with fleeing refugees, and the numerous attacks upon civilian trucks carrying fuel oil. Indeed, the bombing of Afghan civilian infrastructure parallels that of the Afghan civilian.
 
These Are people We Are Killing.
 
Mohammed Raza, an `odd-job man`, was not so lucky. At 8 pm. as he was walking home, near to the Jalalabad airport. A cruise missile targeted at a Taliban facility `a few hundred yards away,` strayed and landed next to him. Shrapnel pierced his neck, grazing his spine, paralysing him.
 
Three days later, a researcher at the Institute for Health & Social Justice, Partners in Health of Harvard University, H.J. Chien, confirmed that civilians had been killed in Jalalabad and elsewhere. On October 9th, the Pakistan Observer [Islamabad] daily newspaper reported on the first night, "37 Killed, 81 Injured in Sunday's Strikes." The casualties spanned four provinces : Kabul - 20, heart -9, Kandahar -4 and Jalalabad -4.
 
By October 10th, The Guardian reported 76 dead civilians. And by October 15th, the leading Indian daily, The Times of India was mentioning over 300 civilian casualties and that the US-UK bombing action was in violation of Article 51 of the United Nations Charter allowing the use of force in self-defence. On the following day [October 16th], the alternative U.S. media noted that during the first week of bombing, 400 Afghan civilians had been slaughtered.
 
Yet, the mainstream western press only took note of civilian those casualties on October 9th when a cruise missile destroyed the building of the United Nations land mine removing contracting firm, the Afghan Technical Centre, in the upper class Macroyan residential district of eastern Kabul, killing four night watchmen. Tellingly, the day before, October 8th, twenty other Afghans living near the Kabul airport (in the Qasabah Khana neighborhood) and near the Kabul radio station were also killed. On October 10th, the Sultanpur Mosque in Jalalabad was hit by a bomb during prayers, killing 17 people. As neighbours rushed into the rubble to pull out one injured, a second bomb was dropped reportedly killing at least another 120 people (though I have not included this figure in my tally).
 
Fleeing the intense bombing in Kandahar, Mehmood, a Kandahar merchant, brought his family to his ancestral village of Chowkar-Karez, a village 25 miles north of Kandahar. His extended family, crowded into six cars, arrived at a village just about when it was attacked by U.S. war-planes during the night of October 22/23rd. Ironically, the cars arriving in the night may have prompted the raid -- as the Pentagon labels such movements after dark as `a target of opportunity.` Said Mehmood, "I brought my family here for safety, and now there are 19 dead, including my wife, my brother, sister, sister-in-law, nieces, nephews, my uncle. What am I supposed to do now?"
 
One is tempted to naively ask, "Why is the media covering up these events and giving a false image of low civilian casualties? " But those who understand the Illuminati Agenda, and the personages involved know full well why. The Western media is owned by the same people waging war against the innocents. It plays a major role in the shaping (programming) of public opinion in the West (and around the globe), and if it were shown that there is a high casualty rate in Afghanistan there would be protests hampering the American/NATO military effort in Afghanistan. It should therefore seem logical to even the most uninformed citizen that the media is aiding the American government in its destructive and murderous campaign in Afghanistan. This is not only dishonest but it facilitates the deaths of innocents by way of hiding from the people the knowledge that this killing is happening.
 
See http://righteousalliance.blogspot.com/2009/09/afghani-killing-fields.html  for further evidence of Nato War Crimes.
 
Iraq: Return To Babylon.
 
It can reasonably said that the Illuminati conspiracy began long long ago in a town called Babylon whose ancient ruins lie just 50 miles south of today's Baghdad. In his book Terrorism And The Illuminati, David Livingstone explains thus:
 
"The plot for a series of World Wars in the twentieth century, culminating in a third against the Muslim world, was devised in the eighteenth century, by American Civil War general, Albert Pike, then Grand Master of Scottish Rite Freemasonry, a primary adjunct of the Illuminati. However, though the final stages of this plot have been largely reserved for our time, the conspiracy is affiliated with a lore of occult knowledge that dates back to at least the sixth century BC. This lore begins with a heresy, known as Kabbalah, which disguises itself as Jewish, but is a pact to seek world domination, and the eradication of religion in favour of the worship of Lucifer."
 
In the sixth century BC, the Assyrians finally succeeded in the sacking Jerusalem, and taking the remaining Jewish population into captivity, this time to the city of Babylon, near what is now Baghdad in Iraq. The tragedy was of enormous psychological consequence for Jewish people. The presence of the Jewish people in the Holy Land was regarded by many as a core tenet of their faith. According to the Bible, God had ratified a covenant between Himself and Abraham, to grant the land of Palestine to his descendants. This promise, however, was contingent on the Jewish people adhering to the Commandments of the Law. Ultimately, their Exile was a punishment fulfilled for their repeated transgressions and occult leanings.
 
Nevertheless, there were some among the Jewish exiles, who chose not to regard their captivity as a punishment, but as a temporary trial. Instead, they interpreted their status as God's "Chosen" as a permanent relationship, and that the Promise to inhabit the land of Zion, or Palestine, was binding forever. Thus, this new Zionist interpretation was closely intertwined with the mystical directions of the Kabbalah. Therefore, this new Zionist interpretation was a bastardization of the real intent of the Jewish faith, and, as we shall see, was not an integral part of it, but was, through the centuries, increasingly imposed upon the rest of the Jewish community, by a minority committed to this diabolical scheme.
 
In Babylon, these heretical Jews, who refused to purge their religion of pagan influences, instead added to them the adopted practices of Babylonian magic. However, knowing that magic was forbidden in Judaism, they rejected the God of Israel, choosing instead to honour Lucifer, who they identified with the traditional enemy of the Hebrew faith, Baal. In order not to reveal their apostasy, they disguised their hidden faith as an "interpretation" of the religion, a cult now known as the Kabbalah.
 
Again, David Livingstone explains:
 
This development is carefully described in the Koran, which explains that, though it was claimed the Kabbalah was derived originally from King Solomon, it was demons who taught such things, teaching them that which had been revealed to the angels Harut and Marut in Babylon. According to the Koran, chapter 2: 101-102:
 
"When a messenger was sent to them (the Jews) by God confirming the revelations they had already received some of them turned their backs (to God's message) as if they had no knowledge of it. They followed what the demons attributed to the reign of Solomon. But Solomon did not blaspheme, it was the demons who blasphemed, teaching men magic and such things as were revealed at Babylon to the angels Harut and Marut. But neither of these taught anyone (such things) without saying; "we are a trial, so do not blaspheme." They learned from them the means to sow discord between man and wife. But they could not harm anyone except by God' s permission. And they learned what harmed them, not what benefited them. And they knew that the purchasers of (magic) would have no share in the happiness of the hereafter. And vile was the price for which they sold their souls, if they but knew."
 
Borrowing from Jewish themes, therefore, these Kabbalists would seek world domination by arguing that they were preparing the world for the coming of the Messiah, and merely aiding God in bringing about His promise to institute them as rulers of the world. Having rejected the Jewish faith, however, they did not await the real Messiah, but would seek to establish their own ruler, who they would falsely claim as messiah, who would aid them in implementing the global acceptance of their occult creed.
 
According to their Kabbalistic interpretation of the Bible, their `Messiah` is to be of line of King David, and since that time, and in order to preserve this purported lineage, until the advent of their expected leader, these Luciferians have been carefully intermarrying amongst each other, and have included among them many of the leading figures of history. They begin with a Persian Royal family, who intermarried with that of Alexander the Great. By combining with that of Herod the Great, these families were responsible for the creation and dissemination of the leading mystery school of the Roman Empire, the Mysteries of Mithras, which eventually succeeded in co-opting the emerging Christian movement, by producing Catholic Christianity.
 
Nevertheless, a secret, or Gnostic, version of Christianity, also derived from Mithraism, survived to compete with Catholicism, in the form of several secret societies, like the Templars, Rosicrucians and Freemasons, practising occult arts, or what is known as `witchcraft.` This tradition, was perpetuated by the most popularized branch of the Luciferian bloodline, the Merovingians. Symbolized by the Holy Grail, the Merovingians, after intermarrying into the family of a Jewish Exilarch, or claimant to the Jewish throne, culminated in all the leading families of the Crusades.
 
It was at this time that this European branch of the family recombined with others from Eastern Europe and Armenia. These Eastern aristocracies derived from the enigmatic Khazars, who had populated southern Russia and the Basin of the Don River, and who, in the eighth century AD, had converted to Judaism. Legend has it, however, that the Khazars were remnants of the Lost Tribes. Armenia, just across the Caucasus, was another locale of these supposed Lost Tribes. It was the intermarriage and perpetuation of these aristocratic bloodlines that were being referred to in the heraldic symbols of the lily, the rose, the double-headed eagle, and the skull and crossbones.
 
Also during the Crusades, this network connected with an important occult center hiding within the Islamic world, in Cairo Egypt, who followed the heretical version of Islam known as Ismailism. According to Masonic legend, a number of these "Eastern Brethren" were rescued and brought to Scotland, where they provided the basis of Sottish Rite Freemasonry, which only emerged in the eighteenth century. However, at the same time, this legend also provided the basis for the establishment of Freemasonry in Egypt, which then became the second centre of Illuminati activism. It was from these secret networks of impostors by which the Western powers created Islamic terrorism, used to foment of a Clash of Civilizations, through the fabrication of the terrorist threat.
 
Operation Iraqi Freedom.
 
The 2003 invasion of Iraq was officially, and now in hindsight, grotesquely dubbed, Operation Iraqi Freedom, and has been followed by an interminable U.S. Occupation of that sad country. As a propaganda tool of its political perpetrators, this spurious action, having first been promoted as a "War to liberate Iraq" has now become in effect a "War in Iraq."
 
"The invasion of Iraq was a bandit act, an act of blatant state terrorism, demonstrating absolute contempt for the concept of international law. The invasion was an arbitrary military action inspired by a series of lies upon lies and gross manipulation of the media and therefore of the public; an act intended to consolidate American military and economic control of the Middle East masquerading - as a last resort - all other justifications having failed to justify themselves - as liberation. A formidable assertion of military force responsible for the death and mutilation of thousands and thousands of innocent people. We have brought torture, cluster bombs, depleted uranium, innumerable acts of random murder, misery, degradation and death to the Iraqi people and call it 'bringing freedom and democracy to the Middle East"-- Nobel Laureate Harold Pinter.
 
The US led seven-year war of aggression and subsequent occupation of Iraq has at its core a Luciferian purpose, is driven by political `Neo Con/Lib Zionism,` and is economically supported by a variety of very powerful imperial interests. However these interests do not in themselves explain the depth and scope of the sustained, massive and continuing destruction of an entire society and its reduction to a permanent state of war.
 
We will now examine the main orchestrator's, manipulators and strategic reasoning behind the invasion of Iraq and as is ever pertinent in such events, ask that perennial question, "Cui Bono," or who benefits. It must be understood by the reader that although major players in the `Geo Political` drama of current world events, these are not the `Capstone Elite` of the Illuminati. Nonetheless, they wield significant and malevolent influence within the halls of power.
 
The Zionist Power Configuration (ZPC), which features such prominent hard-line supporters of the State of Israel as Douglas Feith and Paul Wolfowitz, Irving (Scooter) Libby, Stuart Levey, Elliot Abrams, together with a cohort of consultants such as Presidential speech writer David Frum, and secondary officials and policy advisers to the State Department. These committed Zionist `insiders' were further supported by numerous `Israel-First` functionaries in the fifty one primary American Jewish associations, which form the PMAJO (President of the Major American Jewish Organizations). It is their publicly affirmed goal to advance Israel's agenda, and using its substantial influence, strongly advocated the case for an American led war against Iraq in order to overthrow Saddam Hussein, occupy the country, physically divide Iraq, destroy its military and industrial capability and impose a pro-Israel/pro-US puppet regime. Their proposed plan intended that Iraq be ethnically cleansed and then divided along religious and tribal lines, as was advocated by the ultra-right, Israeli Prime Minister Benyamin Netanyahu and the `Liberal' President Emeritus of the Council on Foreign Relations and militarist-Zionist, Leslie Gelb.
 
Influential and powerful criminals like Donald Rumsfeld and Vice President Dick Cheney whose aim was to extend US imperial reach in the Persian Gulf and strengthen its geo-political position by eliminating a strong, secular, nationalist backer of Arab anti-imperialist insurgency in the Middle East in the shape of Saddam Husein. These militarists sought to a) further project the US military s encirclement of Russia and b) secure complete control over Iraqi oil reserves thereby exerting economic and strategic pressure on China. A far reaching element in all of this was Vice President Cheney's past ties with the oil industry and current (at that time) his role as CEO of Halliburton's giant military base contractor subsidiary Kellogg-Brown and Root, which was consolidating the US Empire through worldwide military base expansion. US oil companies, in fear of losing ground to their European and Asian competitors, were anxious and eager that Saddam Hussein be dealt with.
 
The `Neo Imperialist` strategy of conquest and occupation was designed to establish a long-term colonial military presence in the form of strategic military bases with a significant and sustained contingent of colonial military advisor's and combat units. The brutal colonial occupation of an independent secular state with a strong nationalist history and an advanced infrastructure with a sophisticated military and police apparatus, extensive public services and wide-spread literacy naturally led to the growth of a wide array of militant and armed anti-occupation movements.
 
In order to offset the threat of a major collective insurgency by Iraqi's, US colonial officials, the CIA and the Defence Intelligence Agencies utilised the well proven `divide and rule' strategy (the so-called `El Salvador solution' associated with the former `hot-spot' Ambassador and US Director of National Intelligence, John Negroponte) fomenting armed sectarian-based conflicts and promoting inter-religious strife in order to debilitate any effort at a united nationalist anti-imperialist movement. The subsequent deconstruction of the secular civilian bureaucracy and the Iraqi armed forces which remained was designed by the Zionists in the Bush Administration to strengthen Israel's power in the region and to promote the rise of those militant Islamic groups, which had been previously suppressed by Saddam.
 
Israel was a past master of this strategy, having sponsored and financed sectarian Islamic militant groups, like Hamas, as an alternative to the secular Palestine Liberation Organization, thereby setting the stage for sectarian fighting among the Palestinians.
The results of these cynical policies were disastrous for the Iraqi people as the occupation `gangsters` used US taxpayers money to fund and exacerbate a plethora of internal conflicts as mullahs, tribal leaders, political gangsters, warlords, expatriates and death squads proliferated. Iraq pool of armed, unemployed young men formed the nucleus of a a new mercenary army. The engineered `civil war' and `ethnic conflict' provided spurious justification for the occupying forces and their Iraqi puppets to render redundant huge numbers of experienced soldiers, police and civil servants from the previous regime (especially if they were from Sunni, mixed or secular families) and to undermine entirely the very basis for civilian employment.
 
Using the pretexts of a generalized `war against terror,' US Special Forces and CIA-directed death squads proceeded to spread terror throughout Iraqi civil society, targeting those they suspected of daring to criticise the puppet government. This tactic has decimated the Iraqi educated and professional classes, who were purposely identified as being subversives. Precisely the Iraqis most capable of re-constructing an independent secular republic.
A primary engine behind the second Iraq war was an influential group of neo-conservative and neo-liberal ideologues with strong ties to Israel. They regarded (what for them), was success in the Iraq campaign as the first `domino' to fall, in a series of wars to `re-colonize' and redraw the map of the Middle East . They disguised their imperialist ideology with a paper thin veneer of rhetoric about spreading democracy in the Middle East (notwithstanding of course, the undemocratic policies of their beloved Israel over its subjugated Palestinian populace). In merging together Israeli regional ambitions and US imperial interests, the neo-conservatives and their neo-liberal fellow travellers in the Democratic Party have supported the two Illuminati chosen Puppet Presidents, Bush and Obama in their escalation of the wars against Afghanistan and Pakistan. They to a man supported Israel's recklessly savage bombing campaign against Lebanon, the land and air assault and massacre of thousands of civilians trapped in Gaza, the bombing of Syrian facilities and are vocally behind Israeli lobby pushing for a pre-emptive, full-scale military attack against Iran.
 
The advocates of the PNAC's strategy for multiple simultaneous wars in the Middle East and Central Asia regarded the securing of total control over Iraq as a necessary prerequisite prior to unleashing the full force of the awesome destructive power available to them. As a means of consolidating this control, and by way of silencing Iraqi civilian dissidents, they have funded both Shia clerics and Sunni tribal assassins, and contracted countless private mercenaries among the Kurdish Peshmerga warlords to carry out selective assassinations of leaders of civil society movements.
 
The colonial administration has created and trained a 200,000 member Iraqi colonial puppet army composed almost entirely of Shia gunmen, and excluded experienced Iraqi military men from secular, Sunni or Christian backgrounds. A barely reported aside of this build up of American trained and financed death squads and its puppet `Iraqi' army, was the virtual destruction of the ancient Iraqi Christian population, which was displaced, its churches bombed and its leaders, bishops and intellectuals, academics and scientists assassinated or driven into exile. Being well aware that Iraqi Christians had played a key role the historic development of the secular, nationalist, anti-British/anti-monarchist movements, their elimination as a force of influence was no coincidence. With their puppets in power, Iraq would serve as a launching platform for its strategic pursuit of the other `dominoes' (Syria, Iran, Central Asian Republics).
 
Since the US led coalition invaded in March 2003, over 1.3 million Iraqi civilians have died as a result of hostilities. To date, the invasion and occupation has cost the US treasury over $666 billion. This massive expenditure is evidence in itself of its centrality in the larger strategy for the entire Middle East/South and Central Asia region.
Back To The Stone Age?
 
Prior to the onslaught in 2003, Iraq had the most advanced scientific-cultural order in the Arab world, despite the repressive nature of Saddam Hussein's police state. There was a system of national health care, universal public education and generous welfare services. The separation of church and state and the protection of religious minorities (Christians, Assyrians and others) which existed prior to the invasion appears in sharp contrast to what has resulted from the US occupation and its destruction of the Iraqi civil and governmental structures. The oft propagated severely dictatorial rule of Saddam Hussein somehow then managed to preside over a highly developed modern civilization in which advanced scientific work went hand in hand with a strong nationalist and anti-imperialist identity. In turn, this resulted especially in the Iraqi people's solidarity for the plight of the Palestinian people under Israeli rule and occupation.
 
The architects of the invasion understood that it would take more than `regime change' to extirpate what was a deeply embedded and advanced secular republican culture in Iraqi conciousness. The American war planners and their Israeli advisers knew well prolonged occupation would increase Iraqi nationalism and provide a focal point for resistance. The secular nation would have to be destroyed.. Retrogression became the principal instrument for the US to impose its colonial puppets, with their primitive, `pre-national' loyalties, in power in a culturally purged Baghdad stripped of its most sophisticated and nationalistic social strata.
 
The Al-Ahram Studies Center in Cairo, maintains that more than 310 Iraqi scientists were eliminated during the first 18 months of the US occupation a figure that the Iraqi education ministry does not dispute. Another report listed the killings of more than 340 intellectuals and scientists between 2005 and 2007. Bombings of institutes of higher education had pushed enrollment down to 30% of the pre-invasion figures. In one bombing in January 2007, at Baghdad's Mustansiriya University 70 students were killed with hundreds wounded.
Assassination As Political Terrorism:
 
Baghdad was once known as the `Paris' of the Arab world, in terms of culture and art, science and education. In the 1970's and 80's, its universities were the envy of the Arab world. The US `shock and awe' campaign that rained down on Baghdad in 2003 evoked emotions akin to an aerial bombardment of the Louvre, the Sorbonne and the greatest libraries of Europe.
 
The use of assassination is an extreme form of terrorism, which has causes a ripple effect throughout the community. Statistics reveal that for every Iraqi intellectual assassinated, thousands of educated Iraqis left the country or abandoned their work for safer, less vulnerable activity. Up to and including November 2008, eighty-three academics and researchers teaching at Baghdad University had been murdered and several thousand of their colleagues, students and family members fled for their lives.
 
Bloody purges of academics have also occurred in all of Iraq's, including those in the provinces : 127 senior academics and scientists were assassinated at the various well-regarded universities in Mosul, Kirkuk, Basra and elsewhere. The provincial universities with the highest number of murdered senior faculty members were in cities where the US and British military and their Kurdish mercenary allies were most active: Basra (35), Mosul (35), Diyala (15) and Al-Anbar (11)
 
It was the Iraqi military and its allied death squads which carried out most of the killing of academics in the cities under US or `allied' control. The methodical assassination of academics was a nation-wide campaign to destroy the cultural and educational foundations of a modern Arab civilization. The death squads carrying out most of these assassinations were unleashed by American military strategists with the intended aim of wiping out any politically conscious intellectuals and nationalist scientists who might pursue an agenda for re-building a modern, secular society and independent, unified republic.
 
The US war and occupation of Iraq, has been declared a success by both Presidents G.W Bush and Barrack Obama. By what standards of decency and justice can an operation which has resulted in the forcible occupation of an independent nation of 23 million citizens, the installation of a puppet regime ensconced, where colonial mercenary troops in the pay of American officers terrorise the population, and the nation's oil fields have been appropriated and put up for sale be declared a success?
 
I'll tell you! None whatsoever. It's the devil's work for sure and I mean it literally.
Iraq's laws which protected its patrimony, its cultural treasures and national resources, have been wiped from the books. The occupiers have imposed a `constitution' favouring US Imperialist interests. Israel and its Zionist flunkies in the American administration can celebrate the demise of a modern adversary and the conversion of Iraq into a cultural-political desert. To add further insult to injury, the looted treasures of ancient Mesopotamia have `found' their way into the collections of the elite in London, New York and elsewhere.
 
The Iranian people should take Michael Ledeen at his word, and should be viewing events in neighbouring Iraq with not a little trepidation, while the `collectors` wait and anticipate the pillage and plunder awaiting them in Iran.
 
Postscript: For a peek into `our boys'` mentality during the Gulf War, the U.S. Air Force's 77th Tactical Fighter Squadron published a songbook before the bombing began, describing their plans for Iraq. The only part that can be reproduced in polite company was this little ditty:
 
"Phantom fliers in the sky, Persian-pukes prepare to die, Rolling in with snake and nape, Allah creates but we cremate."
 
The rest of songbook is, in the words of David Stannard, a "melange of sadism and obscenity, most of them employing personifications of entire Arabic and Islamic peoples as racially inferior, maggot-infested women whose mass destruction by the Americans is equated with brutal, violent s-x... Wade Frazier.
 
Comments to - http://righteousalliance.blogspot.com/
 
http://www.nylonmanden.dk/index.php?option=com_
content&task=blogsection&id=7&Itemid=43
 
or true_brit58@hotmail.co.uk
 
Reference:
 
1] http://www.rense.com/general86/pikeknew.htm  
2] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Michael_Ledeen  
3] http://www.terrorism-illuminati.com/node/35  
4] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Richard_Perle  
5] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/American_Enterprise_Institute  
6] http://911review.com/precedent/century/gladio.html  
7] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Propaganda_Due  
8] http://nord.twu.net/acl/dialectic.html  Hegelian Dialectic  
9] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Soviet_war_in_Afghanistan  
10] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Taliban  
11] http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/south_asia/1648572.stm  
12] http://www.islamicity.com/islamiTV/?ref=3167  
13] http://www.schnews.org.uk/archive/news326.htm  
http://www.iraqbodycount.org/  
 http://www.globalresearch.ca/index.php?context=va&aid=14870  The US War against Iraq: The Destruction of a Civilization by James Petras



The Nexus Of Evil - Pt 10

"By wielding inordinate financial and political power, the plan of the Illuminati is to foment a global war, or World War III, from which will emerge, out of the ashes of the expired civilizations of our time, like a phoenix from the fire, a New World Order. The coming confrontation is being presented as a Clash of Civilizations, between the Liberal Democratic West and Islamic fundamentalism." David Livingstone -Terrorism And The Illuminati.
 
Foreword.
 
When the concepts and ideas which formed the initial 'skeleton' of this series began to formulate and take shape in my mind, my goal by article's end was to to illustrate how the 'Nexus Of Evil,' created by the Illuminati, has by use of divide and rule, and the Hegelian Dialectical formula, caused otherwise good and decent human beings to fear and even hate each other, for no other reason than being different. Christianity, Islam and Judaism each have the same root origin, and share the worship of the same God. And yet in this the first decade of the 21st century, they are lining up against each other once again, in wars of aggression, stage-managed and manipulated by an ancient and malevolent secret force literally 'hell bent' on world domination.
 
It is all too easy for an extended article such as this, to lose its way, so in order to avoid such digression and deviation from the 'script,' I reasoned that an 'anchor' was needed. I remembered a booklet I had read some years ago by a now deceased Swedish born South African journalist named Ivor Benson[1], entitled 'This Age Of Conflict.'
 
It is true to say that Mr. Benson's short and concise expose of what many term the 'Global Agenda,' had a profound affect on my view of the world I lived in. It is from that booklet that the above diagram originates, and it is that simple illustration of the 'Nexus Of Evil' which has credibly provided the required 'anchor.'
 
This series of articles has drawn upon many research sources, but two stand out as having been critical in helping me to assemble the necessary research material and information. The late Mr. Benson's is one, and the other is Canadian historian and author, David Livingstone's 'Terrorism And The Illuminati.'[2]
 
The latter is without doubt the 'Bible' of this field of investigation, and I would recommend that anyone wishing to truly understand the dangerous world events now taking place, not only read the book, but refer to it frequently as a means of staying focused, and not becoming sidetracked by the multitude of often conflicting theories and hypotheses, put out by some researchers with not always sincere intentions.
 
I would like to belatedly thank Mr. Benson for his many excellent articles and books on contentious subjects most writers avoid, and David Livingstone for his superb book and his always prompt and helpful advice whenever I have found it necessary to contact him. All other source material drawn from, is listed with thanks in the reference section below each individual part.
 
Introduction.
 
During the course of this series, our path has traversed that 150 year time period which Ivor Benson quite correctly termed an 'Age Of Conflict, ' unprecedented in human history. From the middle of the 19th Century to the present day, humankind has been subjected to an almost uninterrupted sequence of terrible and catastrophic wars, which have decimated the global population, and twice during the 20th Century caused slaughter and destruction on a scale hitherto unimagined. A Third Global Conflagration would most certainly bring the mass of humanity to the very brink of annihilation.
 
Research has shown clearly that this 'Age Of Conflict,' is no accident. In fact, there exists a 'blueprint' for what has happened, in the form of a letter written by Free-masonic Grand Master Albert Pike, to fellow Mason and Luciferian, Giuseppe Mazzini back in the 19th Century[3] where he outlined his plans for three world wars, the third being a 'Clash of Civilisations, ' between the Islamic World and the West.
 
So far, everything has gone exactly according to Pike's plan, and since the tragedy of September 11th 2001, it has not been too difficult to identify the means by which the Illuminati are manipulating the Dialectic towards a Third Global War, by manoeuvring the Zionist puppet government of the USA and its allies, into a major confrontation with the nations of Islam, which will then inevitably spill over and draw Russia China, Pakistan and India and thereafter the whole world into the conflict.
 
The 'Endgame' for this insane agenda, is a One World Global Communitarian[4] State, of demonic proportions, with a culled and reduced population of micro-chipped slave workers, whose every movement and thought will be monitored by a Big Brother apparatus the like of which even George Orwell could not have imagined.
 
In the previous part, we examined the aftermath of 9/11 and the carnage being wrought by the 'allied' occupation forces in Afghanistan and Iraq. Here in this concluding 'episode,' we will look at the likely 'flashpoints' which could give the Washington 'War Hawks' the pretext they need, to launch their 'Operation Armageddon,' and finally draw our conclusions accordingly.
 
For the past two years, all indications have been, that the Islamic Republic Of Iran was next on the Zionist 'hitlist, ' so it will be to that ancient land and civilisation which we must now turn our attention.
 
A Warning to Iran.
 
The American invasion, occupation, subjugation and destruction of a modern, scientifically and culturally advanced civilization, such as existed in Iraq, is only the prelude to what the people of Iran can expect if the US-Zionist 'hawks' in Obama's regime decide that the time is right and a military attack is launched. The impending threat to the people of Iran and its cultural and scientific foundations, has been conspicuous by it absence from the narrative among the affluent Iranian student protesters and their US-funded NGO's during their post-election so called 'Lipstick Revolution' protests.
 
They should not forget that in 2004, educated and sophisticated Iraqis in Baghdad consoled themselves with a fatally misplaced optimism that "at least we are not like Afghanistan." The same elite are now to be found in squalid refugee camps in Syria and Jordan, and their country now resembles Afghanistan, more closely than anywhere else in the Middle East. The chilling promise of President Bush in April 2003 to transform Iraq in the image of "our newly liberated Afghanistan" has been fulfilled, and reports that the US Administration advisers had reviewed the Israeli Mossad policy of selective assassination of Iranian scientists should cause the pro-Western liberal intellectuals of Tehran, to seriously ponder the lesson of the murderous campaign that has virtually eliminated Iraqi scientists and academics during 2006-2007.
 
The conquest of Iraq has resulted in the destruction of a modern secular republic. The cultural wasteland that remains is controlled by gangsters, swindlers, mercenary thugs posing as 'Iraqi officers', tribal and ethnic cultural illiterates and corrupted religious figures. They operate under the guidance and direction of West Point graduates holding 'blue-prints for empire', formulated by graduates of the Ivy League Academies on the Eastern Seaboard of the United States, eager to serve the interests of American and European multi-national corporations, and ultimately, wittingly or not the Illuminati Agenda.
 
The Iranian people should take Michael Ledeen[5] at his word, and should be viewing events in neighbouring Iraq with not a little trepidation.
 
An Arc Of Crisis : Return To Iran.
 
"Never believe anything until it's officially denied," British writer Claud Cockburn.
 
In 1979, President Jimmy Carter's National Security Adviser Zbigniew Brzezinski thought he could use the Iranian government, including the Iranian Shiite mullahs as part of an 'Arc' of resistance[6] from Egypt eastward against Soviet expansionism. When 'students' supported by Khomeini took over the U.S, Embassy in Tehran, it presented a crisis. However, as Robert Dreyfuss notes:
 
"Along with the threat from Khomeinism, some U.S. policy makers also saw opportunity...using the Islamic 'right' to undermine the Soviet Union in its own empire, deep in Central Asia....The twin Islamic movements in Iran and (Muslim Brotherhood linked organizations like Al Qaeda in) Afghanistan, inspired Brzezinski and Bill Casey (President Reagan's CIA director) to pursue the Islam-in-Asia ('arc-of-Islam') theme aggressively."
 
Brzezinski developed a plan of financial and other means of support for Afghanistan, hoping to lure the Soviets into involvement in a 'quagmire' there, and as history records, the Soviets obliged and invaded in December 1979. After this, Zalmay Khalilzad[6] (former U.S. Ambassador to Iraq), a neo-conservative RAND strategist, wrote a paper explaining "the Khomeini regime also poses risks to the Soviets. The change of regime has encouraged similar movements in Iraq and Afghanistan, and might even affect Soviet Muslim Central Asia."
 
Perhaps it is useful at this time to remember that according to a map prepared by the World Association of Parliamentarians for World Government meeting in London in 1952, when the World Government comes into being, U.S. forces would be patrolling Central Asia (e.g., Kazakhstan, Uzbekistan, etc.). Brzezinski at Mikhail Gorbachev's first State of the World Forum in 1995 said:
 
"We cannot leap into world government through one quick step. A consensual global system requires a process....The precondition for eventual and genuine globalization is progressive regionalization because by that we move toward larger, more stable, more cooperative units."
 
This is the same strategy proposed by Cecil Rhodes' Association of Helpers member P. E. Corbett in Post-War Worlds (1942) and its fruits can been seen in the EU, NAU and other Superstate projects currently under-way.
 
Since the Iranian election of June 12th this year, barely a day has passed without mass global media coverage of what has been depicted as another tumultuous event in Iranian history. Elections whose results are challenged as being dubious, have taken place in most countries at one time or another in recent decades. Many countless Americans and with much justification, believe that the presidential elections of 2000 and 2004 were stolen by the Republicans, and not just inside the voting machines and in the counting process, but prior to the actual voting as well, with numerous Republican Party dirty tricks designed to keep poor and black voters off voting lists or away from polling stations.
 
That large numbers of people did not take to the streets day after day in protest, as they have in Iran, is not something Americans should be proud of. Perhaps if the CIA, the Agency for International Development (AID), several US government-run radio stations, and various other organizations supported by the National Endowment for Democracy (which was created to serve as a front for the CIA, literally) had been active in the United States, as they have been for years in Iran, major street protests would have taken place in the US.
 
In 1953, when the CIA overthrew Iranian Prime Minister Mohammed Mossadegh, they paid people to agitate in front of Mossadegh's residence and elsewhere and engage in acts of violence; some pretended to be supporters of Mossadegh while engaging in anti-religious actions. And it worked, very well.
 
Since the cessation of hostilities following the end of World War II, one US government or another, on behalf of the Illuminati agenda, has seriously intervened in some thirty elections around the world. Adding a new twist this time, the State Department asked 'Twitter' to postpone a scheduled maintenance shut-down of its service to keep information flowing from inside Iran, helping to mobilize protesters.
 
In recent years, the United States has been provocatively patrolling the waters surrounding Iran with warships, halting Iranian ships on the pretext to check for arms shipments to Hamas, or other equally spurious and illegitimate reasons. It has been financing and "educating" Iranian dissidents, used Iranian groups to carry out terrorist attacks inside Iran, kidnapped Iranian diplomats in Iraq, abducted Iranian military personnel from inside Iran, thereafter transporting them to Iraq. It has been spying and recruiting within Iran, and has manipulated Iran's currency and her international financial transactions, and imposed various economic and political sanctions against the country.
 
By all standards, the United States Government has been conducting a form of warfare against the people of Iran. US President Barack Obama said with a straight face on June 23rd.
 
"I've made it clear that the United States respects the sovereignty of the Islamic Republic of Iran, and is not at all interfering in Iran's affairs. Some in the Iranian government [have been] accusing the United States and others outside of Iran of instigating protests over the elections. These accusations are patently false and absurd."
 
In his speech to the Middle East on June 4, President Obama mentioned that "In the middle of the Cold War, the United States played a role in the overthrow of a democratically elected Iranian government." So here we have the president of the United States actually admitting to a previous overthrow of the Iranian government, while the United States is in the very midst of trying to overthrow the current Iranian government. If you can think of a better example of hypocrisy, let me know.
 
So what is all the fuss about over the Iranian election and street protests anyway? For public consumption at least, the announced winner, Mahmoud Ahmadinejad, is currently sharing time with Venezuelan President, Hugo Chavez, as Washington's 'public enemy number one.' This 'honour' has been 'bestowed' for not sufficiently respecting the 'Empire' and its Israeli partner-in-crime; indeed, Ahmadinejad is publicly one of the most outspoken critics of US foreign policy in the world. Can anything be that simple though in the grand web of Illuminist machinations?
 
This 'default' response seems to be 'built in,' to Washington's world view and the fact that whilst Mousavi,[13] (Ahmadinejad's main opponent in the election and very much supported by the protesters), was prime minister back in 1981-89, he was largely blamed for the attacks on the US embassy and military barracks in Beirut in 1983, which took the lives of more than 200 Americans, and also for the 1988 truck bombing of a US Navy installation in Naples, Italy, that killed five persons.
 
It simply cannot be, that no one in the Obama administration knows of Mousavi's background?
 
Despite his anti-American terrorist deeds, and just because he's opposed to Ahmadinejad, Time magazine calls Mousavi a "moderate", and goes on to add: "It has to be assumed that the Iranian presidential election was rigged," offering as much evidence as the Iranian protesters, i.e., none at all. It cannot of course be proven that the Iranian election was totally honest, but the arguments given to support the charge of fraud are not very impressive, such as the much-repeated fact that the results were announced very soon after the polls closed.
 
For decades in various countries election results have been condemned for being withheld for many hours or days. It was contended that some kind of dishonesty must be going on behind the scenes during the long delay. So now we're asked to believe that a species of dishonesty must be going on, because the results were released so quickly. It should be noted that the ballots listed only one electoral contest, with but four candidates.
 
Phil Wilayto, American peace activist and author of a book on Iran, has observed:
 
"Ahmadinejad, himself born into rural poverty, clearly has the support of the poorer classes, especially in the countryside, where nearly half the population lives. Why? In part because he pays attention to them, makes sure they receive some benefits from the government and treats them and their religious views and traditions with respect. Mousavi, on the other hand, the son of an urban merchant, clearly appeals more to the urban middle classes, especially the college-educated youth. This being so, why would anyone be surprised that Ahmadinejad carried the vote by a clear majority? Are there now more yuppies in Iran than poor people?"
 
Since both Ahmadinejad and Mousavi are members of the establishment, neither is seen as being any threat to the Islamic theocracy, and the election can be seen on the surface at least, as the kind of power struggle you find in virtually every country. But that is not the issue here. The issue is Washington's long-standing goal of regime change. If the exact same electoral outcome had taken place in a country that was an ally of the United States, how much of all the accusatory news coverage and speeches would have taken place?
 
In fact, the exact same thing did happen in a country that is an ally of the United States, three years ago when Felipe Calderon appeared to have stolen the presidential election in Mexico, and there were daily protests for more than two months; but the American and international condemnation was virtually non-existent compared to what we see today in regard to Iran, where Iranian leaders undertook a recount of a random ten per cent of ballots and recertified Ahmadinejad as the victor.
 
So what does all of us tell us? Well at least for now, Ahmadinejad is fulfilling his dialectical role as the antithesis to Washington's thesis. As in all the major conflicts, military or political, for at least the past century and a half or so, the Iranian election has been one stage-play in a global drama being played out in the media and educational faculties, whilst the reality of the situation is very different. The recent elections in Iran are almost certainly dialectical, with both thesis ( Ahmadinejad) and antithesis (Mousavi,) either knowingly, which I believe likely, or not, being played off against each other for the benefit of the masses, whilst the Illuminati puppet masters pulling all the strings, seeking to impose their synthesis on the unsuspecting Iranian populace.
 
That synthesis to be presented in the shape of a less radical liberalising of Iranian society than Mousavi's platform, yet more so than anything Ahmadinejad might have offered, and more to the point, moving an Islamic society ever closer the point where western secular influences can begin to rot away at the heart, body and soul of Iranian life from within, thereby weakening the nation viewed as the 'West's' most formidable adversary in any 'Clash of Civilisations, ' with Islam.
 
One thing's for certain; The sticky fingers of the CIA are in there somewhere, along with their 'playmates' Mossad, working to undermine and subvert Iranian Society from within, whilst the 'war hawks' in Washington make their preparations for the Zionist invasion of Persia and the probable spark which ignites WWIII.
 
The Grand Chess-Game: Central Asia, The Caucasus And The Encirclement Of Russia.
 
The outcome of the recent six grim days of bloodshed in the Caucasus has triggered an outpouring of the most appalling hypocrisy from western politicians and their bought and paid for media. As the 'Chatterers' waxed indignation against Russian imperialism and brutal dis-proportionality, former US vice-president 'Big Dick' Cheney, faithfully supported by the UK's Gordon Brown and David Miliband, declared that "Russian aggression must not go unanswered". George Bush denounced Russia for having "invaded a sovereign neighbouring state" and threatening "a democratic government". Such an action, he insisted, "is unacceptable in the 21st century".
 
Could these by any chance be the leaders of the same governments that in 2003, invaded and occupied , the sovereign states of Afghanistan and Iraq on false pretences at the cost of hundreds of thousands of lives? Or even the two governments that blocked a ceasefire in the summer of 2006 as Israel pulverized Lebanon's infrastructure and killed more than a thousand civilians in retaliation for the capture or killing of five soldiers?
 
You'd be hard pressed to recall after all the fury over Russian aggression that it was actually Georgia that began the war in the first place, with an all-out attack on South Ossetia, supposedly to "restore constitutional order" ­ or put another way, establish its rule over an area it has not controlled since the collapse of the Soviet Union. Nor, were there, amid the outrage at Russian bombardments, more than the very briefest of references to the atrocities committed by Georgian forces against citizens it claims as its own in South Ossetia's capital Tskhinvali.
 
Several hundred civilians along with Russian soldiers operating under a 1990s peace agreement, were killed there by Georgian troops during the offensive; "I saw a Georgian soldier throw a grenade into a basement full of women and children," one Tskhinvali resident, Saramat Tskhovredov, told reporters.
 
Both the current Georgian president, Mikheil Saakashvili, and his predecessor, came to power in western-backed coup d'Etats, the most recent having been labelled the 'Rose revolution.' Saakashvili was then initially rubber-stamped into office with 96% of the vote before establishing what the International Crisis Group recently described as an "increasingly authoritarian" government, violently cracking down on all opposition dissent and the independent media last November.
 
It now seems that the term 'Democratic' infers nothing more, than establishing a regime's "pro-western" credentials in these cases.
 
The long-running dispute over South Ossetia - as well as Abkhazia, the other contested region of Georgia - is the inevitable consequence of the breakup of the Soviet Union. As in the case of Yugoslavia, minorities who were happy enough to live on either side of an internal boundary that made little difference to their lives, feel quite differently when they find themselves on the wrong side of an international state border.
 
Problems such as these would be problematic enough to settle through negotiation in any circumstances, but when one adds to the cooking 'pot' the determined and forcible US promotion of Georgia as being a pro-western, anti-Russian forward base in the region, along with its efforts to bring Georgia into NATO, the routing of a key Caspian oil pipeline through its territory aimed at weakening Russia's control of energy supplies, and the US-sponsored recognition of the independence of Kosovo - whose status Russia had explicitly linked to that of South Ossetia and Abkhazia - and conflict was inevitable.
 
The CIA has in fact been closely involved in Georgia since the Soviet collapse. But during the Bush administration, Georgia became a fully fledged US satellite; its forces are armed and trained by the US and Israel, and it has the third-largest military contingent in Iraq - hence the US need to airlift 800 of them back to fight the Russians during the Ossetia clash.
 
Saakashvili's links with the neo-conservatives in Washington are particularly close: the lobbying firm headed by former US Republican candidate John McCain's top foreign policy adviser, Randy Scheunemann, has been paid nearly $900,000 by the Georgian government since 2004.
 
But underlying the conflict has also been the US administration's wider, explicit determination to enforce American global hegemony and prevent any regional challenge, particularly from a resurgent Russia. That aim was first spelled out when Cheney was defence secretary under Bush's father, but its full impact has only been felt as Russia has begun to recover from the disintegration of the 1990s.
 
Over the past decade, NATO's relentless eastward expansion has brought the western military alliance hard up against Russia's borders and deep into former Soviet territory. American military bases have spread across eastern Europe and central Asia, as the US has helped install one anti-Russian client government after another, through a series of CIA sponsored revolutions. Now the Obama administration is preparing to site a missile defence system in eastern Europe, transparently targeted at Russia.
 
By any sensible reckoning, this is not a story of Russian aggression, but of US imperial expansion and a ever tighter encirclement of Russia by a potentially hostile power. That a stronger Russia has now used what happened in South Ossetia in order to put a check on that expansion, should hardly come as a surprise. It is not difficult to deduce why Saakashvili launched the attack; of course, he was being 'egged on' by his 'Warhawk,' friends in Washington.The plan however spectacularly backfired, at tragic human cost.
 
In spite of the US regime's attempts at 'tough talk,' the war also exposed the limits of US power in the region. As long as Georgia's independence is respected - best protected by opting for neutrality - that should be no bad thing. American unipolar domination of the world has squeezed the space for genuine self-determination and the return of some counterweight in the form of a resurgent Russia has to be welcomed.
 
But the process of adjustment also brings huge dangers. If Georgia had been a member of NATO, this conflict would have risked a far sharper escalation. That would be even more obvious in the case of Ukraine - which recently gave a warning of the potential for future confrontation when its pro-western president threatened to restrict the movement of Russian ships in and out of their Crimean base in Sevastopol.
 
As 'super power' conflict returns after a long absence, South Ossetia is only a taste of things to come in Brzezinski's Grand Chess game of 'Who's Going To Rule The World.'
 
The Zionist Factor.
 
Zionism is both alien and illegitimate in origin. It is a hegemonist and nationalist project rooted and nourished on what could be called the imperialist impulse towards expansion and domination. The founding fathers of the Zionist adventure were not believers in Judaism, not even in its distorted, rabbinical form: they were in essence pragmatists and Kabbalists who exploited the Judaic heritage as a means to achieve their nationalistic goals. All this, moreover, was done within the broader context of Western strategic hopes for the destabilizing and enfeebling of the Islamic world.
 
Because Zionism's progenitors were European in their training and mental orientation, and members of the same secret societies, they did not find it difficult to reach an understanding with Western politicians, exploiting their own financial power through their extensive and committed Diaspora, until the Zionist agenda became subsumed under the more general objectives of nineteenth-century European imperialism. The idea of inserting an alien polity into the very heart of the Islamic world, which would exhaust its resources and obstruct any attempt at reforging Muslim unity, proved immediately appealing to European policy-makers in thrall to a Luciferian agenda, and served well the new Western orientation which was ostensibly materialistic, secular, and obsessed with the idea of territorial expansion.
 
The Centrality Of The Palestine Issue.
 
It could be said that Palestine and its people have provided the Zionists and Neo Imperialists with a 'prototype' model for what we are now seeing in Afghanistan and Iraq, and unless the 'Hawks' in the US are either unseated, which is unlikely, or suddenly develop hearts and consciences, which is even more so, then we can reasonably expect similar hostile action in Iran and again in the Caucasus in the foreseeable future.
 
So Zionism though nationalist in theory can also be seen to be imperialist and malevolent in its practical application.
 
It can further be perceived as being hostile to every element rooted in ethical and religious principles. It both represents and serves the new existential ethos which transforms the human race into 'marketing' and 'geopolitical' units, which can be deployed, rewarded or punished by the 'Hidden Powers' that be, who are accountable to no-one save themselves.
 
Zionism then, nurtured by and in turn nurturing this global pseudo-secular civilization, represents a secular onslaught on the very heart of Islamic civilisation. The Islamic project, by contrast, is its polar opposite, representing perhaps, the last great hope that human civilization can be rescued from the worship of the Luciferian credo, being foisted incrementally on the global population in the shape of the erroneous political doctrine known as democracy.
 
To speak of saving Palestine from the Zionists is to speak simultaneously of one's hope for a worldwide liberation. The Palestinian 'cause' does not signify the simple reconquest of a patch of territory occupied by aggressors. It is not even about peace and war; Its implications go much further. For to strike at Zionism in Palestine is to strike at the Luciferian enemy in its new citadel, which it has constructed at the centre of the world, in the very heart of the Muslim nation, in a land which has always been of unlimited strategic and spiritual fecundity. The 'West,' as a civilization, seems set to extend its influence into the heartland of the Islamic World,' all the better to destroy the surviving traces of spiritual resistance which have remained intact there, and finally to obliterate man's remaining hopes for the rebirth of a civilization which is qualitative and humane, rather than quantitative and perversely malevolent.
 
Once more we are caught in the pernicious, suffocating and deadly embrace of the Hegelian Dialectic.
 
The reality is that the Zionist project, being violent, aggressive, and secular, is formidable in its potency. Its power can only be exhausted by mobilizing the resources of those people around the world who have identified the malevolence which stalks our planet and are willing to join in solidarity with the entire Muslim nation in its efforts to resist the monster in our midst.
 
These resources I speak of are not merely of a military nature; they extend also to worlds as disparate as thought, art and economics. They are also, and pre-eminently, spiritual: demanding a return to the principles of renunciation, repentance, piety, reliance on God, yearning for the ultimate meeting with Him, the spirit of Islamic fraternity, selflessness, and the certainty that the final victory shall go to God and all believers. No project undertaken on this tremendous scale can be 'regional,' or 'Palestinian,' or Arab.' It is far broader. It represents nothing less than a struggle which is at once cultural, Islamic, Christian and Judaic in its pure form. We must, therefore, light the fires of longing, resistance, and sacrifice everywhere on earth. For Palestine will not be retrieved until there is struggle against oppression in all its forms throughout the world.
 
Lucifer, The Rothschilds And The House Of Zion.
 
In the ancient world, it was said that all roads lead to Rome. Nowadays, no matter where one turns whilst in the process of investigating the One World Conspiracy, the same can be said of the Rothschilds[8]. Inevitably, their name crops up, and equally inevitably when it does so, the slur of 'Anti Semite' is applied to the researcher involved. But the Rothschilds are not Semitic and what's more, neither are they Judaic either!
 
The Rothschild relationship with the Jews is deceptive. The family stance is publicly "pro-Jewish", and they have given abundant charity to Jewish causes. But their support of the Jewish people has, in most cases, been used for the sole purpose of controlling and profiting from the Jew's misfortune. The Rothschilds have often been called, the 'Royal Family' of the Jews. Many leading Rothschilds have been dubbed "King of the Jews". But what kind of Judaism do the Rothschilds support? Do they support the orthodox Jews who believe in the Old Testament and are waiting for the return of the messiah? No.
 
Do they support Messianic Jews who believe Jesus Christ was the messiah who came to save all men? No. The Rothschilds support those Jews who have fallen prey to the deceptive gnostic and occultic teachings of Cabalism, who in turn promote the Illuminati controlled Zionist movement. Not all Zionists are part of the conspiracy, but their leaders are, and the ultimate leaders of the Zionists have been the Rothschilds. I am disappointed by some researchers, who automatically coin the conspiracy a "Jewish" one.
 
Recently, I was assailed by one fellow researcher following an article I had penned regarding the pornography industry. "It's The Jews Stupid," said he, and no amount of documented evidence to the contrary would alter his stance. He is not alone in this assertion that all the world's ills can be attributed to JEWS.
 
This unfortunate stumbling block pollutes the otherwise excellent work of such people, causing it to be just as misleading as the information 'spewed' out by the mass media. These researchers seem blinded by the fact that the conspiracy has abused and manipulated the Jewish race more than any other group in the history of the world. The Jewish hierarchy has sat back and allowed the attack on, and control of, the Jewish masses for the furtherance of the Luciferian. There are people who call themselves "Christians" involved in the conspiracy, and at the same token there are people who call themselves "Jews" who are also playing their part in its machinations. To call the conspiracy "Jewish" is ignorant.
 
Having read at length the work of Fritz Springmeier, Henry Makow and David Livingstone, it is clear that the Rothschilds are participators in Cabalism, Jewish Sabbatism, and or Frankism, all of which are involved in witchcraft. This belief is strengthened by the Rothschild's use of the occultic Seal of Solomon as a family symbol. The city in which the Rothschilds originated, Frankfurt, was deeply 'anti-Semitic,' and hostile to Jews*[7] See Note.
 
The first principle of the House of Rothschild was to amass wealth, and the liberation of the Jewish people from oppressive restrictions contributed indirectly to this end, since it would facilitate intercourse with the rest of the world, and thereby increase the possibility of financial gain, which in turn would serve to increase its power.
 
The 'Father's of Israel.'
 
During the Rothschild's funded slaughter that was the Crimean War, the small Jewish community in Jerusalem found itself isolated from all outside support. This resulted in near starvation. The first Baron Edmond de Rothschild's father James, set up the James Mayer de Rothschild Hospital in Jerusalem in response to this problem. Edmond took over his father's interest in Palestine. When the Russian Jews fled the Czar's pogroms in the 1880's Edmond began to finance the Russian Jew's attempts to establish colonies in Palestine, It is clear that he was an advocate of Zionism, his charities were not only aiding the persecuted, but were promoting the concept of a return the "homeland".
 
The man who set up the first Zionist Congress was Theodor Herzl. He attempted to get the support for his plans to "restore the Jewish state" from the Rothschilds but many members of the family were opposed to Zionism. Although Edmond supported Herzl's cause, he felt that the plan should not be implemented to soon, and should rather be accomplished by stealth. He was further concerned that Herzl would annex for himself Rothschild power and influence over the slowly forming Jewish state.
 
The Baron continued to support his own colonies and though Herzl was socially supported because his ideas facilitated Rothschild power in Palestine, he was not allowed to implement his plans. The Baron was in affect a dictator who expected the colonists to obey him without question.
 
Following his death, Herzl was succeeded as President of World Zionism by David Wolffsohn and thereafter by Otto Warburg. In 1914 Edmond travelled to Palestine where he was hailed as the "prince returning to his people". Later the Baron Rothschild told Weizmann: "Without me Zionism would not have succeeded, but without Zionism my work would have been struck to death."
 
The next Rothschild to embrace Zionism was - Lionel Walter, the second Lord Rothschild. The Balfour declaration, which declared England's support of the creation of a Jewish homeland, was addressed to Lord Rothschild II. Lord Rothschild also received the documents of support from the League of Nations. Charles T. Russell, founder of the Watchtower Society, sent a letter to Lord Rothschild praising his work towards the establishment of a Jewish homeland.
 
Among its other calculated aims, a further purpose of the Illuminati orchestrated First World War, was to cause the destruction of the Ottoman Empire, in order to free the land of Palestine from its grasp, thereby leading to the creation of the Zionist state of Israel. After Prime Minister of England, Lord Asquith, was deposed in 1916, because he had opposed Zionist interests, David Lloyd George, whose career was made as a lawyer for the World Zionist Organization, as well as Winston Churchill and Arthur Balfour of the Round Table, were placed in power. Present at the first official meeting of the Political Committee were Lord Rothschild, James de Rothschild, the son of Edmund de Rothschild of Paris, former owner of Rothschild colonies in Palestine, and Sir Mark Sykes. There, the future mandates of Palestine, Armenia, Mesopotamia, and Arabia, then still forming parts of the Ottoman Empire, were discussed in detail.
 
The Hegelian Dialectic- A Rational For Genocide.
 
After the cessation of hostilities in 1918, Britain ruled Palestine, and the Rothschilds ruled Britain. Also, a bulk of unpaid debts to the Rothschilds by the failed Ottoman Empire gave the family even more control over Palestine. Then came Hitler. According to Walter Langer, a psychoanalyst who wrote the book 'THE MIND OF ADOLF HITLER,' the demonic German leader was a grandson of a Rothschild. Adolf's father, Alois Hitler, was the illegitimate son of Maria Anna Schicklgruber. It was generally supposed that the father of Alois Hitler was Johann Georg Hiedler. At that time she was employed as a servant in the home of Baron Rothschild. As soon as the family discovered her pregnancy she was sent back to her home ... where Alois was born."
 
It is believed that Hitler (who was a creation of the Luciferians) attacked Austria first, in order to destroy the Austrian records that proved his Jewish ancestry. As Hitler's demonic onslaught on the Jews progressed, one would imagine that the Zionists would come to the rescue and offer Palestine as a safe haven. Not so. Many European countries shut their doors to the Jews, including the Palestine colonies.
 
The Zionist controlled immigration laws in Palestine were very strict and it was near impossible to escape to the Jewish homeland. In fact, the Zionists themselves refused to acknowledge what was happening to Jews in Europe. Hitler forced the Jews to wear the six-pointed star as a sign of shame. It was this same symbol that the Rothschilds were named after and the same symbol that the Zionists promoted as a symbol of Jewish national identity. Do you see the contradiction? Jewish author OJ. Graham wrote in 'The Six Pointed Star:'
 
"Not all the concentration camp victims were Jewish people. Many were Christians. Spiritually, a parallel can be seen in the rituals to Ashteroth[9] and Moloch[10], where the victims were burned as sacrifices to these false gods. Were the victims of the Nazis someone's sacrificial offerings?"
 
I believe they were! Remember the six-pointed star was the symbol of Moloch and Ashteroth.
 
Furthermore, those who deny the holocaust, deny a Problem Reaction Solution scenario on a Satanic scale. Anyone who carefully researches the' Modus Operandi' of the Illuminists will conclude that the slaughter of the Jews during that dire period in World History is completely in character with how they operate and makes perfect sense from a Luciferian point of view.
 
Cui Bono? Who benefits. They do: Israel, The UN, the slur of 'Anti Semite' to quell opposition and promote Jewish victim status, etc. etc.
 
Few Jews unfortunately will tolerate any discussion on this subject. After World War II, the U.N., spurred on by the Illuminati created horrors against the Jews, granted Israel its statehood. Weizmann was the first president of Israel's Knesset (which was built with Rothschild money). The occultic hexagram is on the Knesset, and is also displayed on the Jewish flag.
 
In his expose of the Rothschilds Dynasty, Fritz Springmeier wrote:
 
"...the six-pointed star [had] made its way from Egyptian pagan rituals of worship, to the goddess Ashteroth and Moloch, to King Solomon when he went into idolatry," says, Graham. "Then it progressed through the magic arts, witchcraft [including Arab magicians, Druids, witches and Satanists], astrology (in which It was no new thing), through the Cabala to Isaac Luria, a Cabalist, in the 16th century, to Mayer Amschel Bauer, who changed his name to this symbol, to Zionism, to the Knesset of the new State of Israel, to the flag of Israel and Its medical organization equivalent to the Red Cross."
 
So what is the ultimate goal of Zionism?
 
David Ben-Gurion, a Zionist leader, tells us:
"With the exception of the U.S.S.R. as a federated Eurasian state, all other continents will become united in a world alliance, at whose disposal will be an International police force. All armies will be abolished, and there will be no more wars. In Jerusalem, the United Nations (a truly United Nations) will build a Shrine of the Prophets to serve the federated union of all continents; this will be the seat of the Supreme Court of Mankind, to settle all controversies among the federated continents."
 
Simply stated, Zionism (with Rothschild support) promotes a New World Order. The Rothschild control of Israel is immense. The Luciferian Rothschilds completely dominate Israel. They help Lucifer's Empire control the world's resources, the world's nations and the world's religions. They are an institution in the conspiracy and if one looks carefully, the path of their destructive reign can be followed through the history of the past three centuries.
 
The Nexus Of Evil - The Road To Armageddon Or A One World Utopian Control Zone.
 
What follows is based on current trends as they unfold and on an understanding of the policy objectives of the Luciferian elite. This hypothesis is not unique to myself and is only one of several possible 'doomsday' scenarios generally agreed upon by most if not all serious students of the New World Order.
 
A Nation's borders are ultimately defined by its military competence. All of the U.N. edicts and conventions are meaningless without the ability to enforce its will militarily upon recalcitrant nations. It is likely that the E.U. super-state will acquire its necessary army through incremental-ism, sometimes referred to as the 'ratchet' system since there is no mechanism in place to repeal E.U. laws. The monumental geo-political restructuring needed however, to bring all nations under a world army will require something quite spectacular.
Think-tanks, university grants and bribes are not enough to bring about global government. The league of Nations and the United Nations were forged from the heat of the first and second world wars. Global government will be the fall-out from World War III. There is a three pronged strategy being played out, masquerading as the Global War on Terror. Firstly, America's super-power status will be destroyed. This will partly be achieved in carrying out the second tactic which is to bring uncooperative nations, especially those in the Middle East, under U.N. control. America's military might will be exhausted by invading Third World nations and setting up U.N. protectorates. Thirdly, threatened or actual conflict between nuclear powers will persuade all nations to surrender their military power to the U.N. thereby permanently relinquishing their sovereignty.
This is why the West has given nuclear technology to North Korea and China. At this point, before hundreds of cities are annihilated, there will be an emergency U.N. conference. The agreement reached will be to surrender control over all weapons of mass destruction to a U.N. agency. The submission of all conventional armed forces to U.N command will follow. Eventually all military forces will be U.N. 'Peace Keeping' forces, whose purpose is to enforce the U.N. hegemony over rogue states.
 
If this sounds a little fantastic, consider this: NATO exercises for enforcing U.N. embargoes on breakaway states have already begun. The first exercise of NATO'S Response Force took place between 11th and 26th September 2003 in Galloway, Scotland. This was a 'crisis response' operation called 'Exercise Northern Lights' in which the mission was enforcing a U.N. arms embargo on a recently formed country.
 
A second exercise took place in Turkey on 20th November 2003. According to the NATO website, "the forces rescued and evacuated the U.N. staff and civilians, established an embargo, engaged in counter-terrorist operations and a show of force".
 
Like American and European politicians, the Russians and Chinese oligarchs are happy to play their part in this farce because they also dream of international governance. Former party bosses are happy to assume the new role of 'World Controllers' in the eastern regions of the Brave New World. The neo-Liberal/Conservative (Communitarian) government in the Whitehouse, like almost all previous administrations, is 100% committed to the globalist plan to destroy the independence of the U.S.. Once completed, the Donald Rumsfeld-initiated NATO Response Force will put the boot behind the imperial decrees the 'Death Star' wishes to impose on rebel colonies.
 
The policy of weakening the U.S. military really began in earnest under Bush Sr. during the first Gulf War. 300,000 of the 700,000 troops deployed in that conflict are now seriously ill with Gulf War Illness. They are being denied cheap and effective medical care for no apparent reason.
 
Former Consultant to the Defence Department, Dr Garth Nicolson, estimates that at least 25,000 have died since the war ended. The others face permanent disability and destitution. Major Doug Rokke was the U.S. Army's depleted uranium project director in 1994-95 who has since campaigned tirelessly to expose the devastating health effects of DU munitions. The report he has obtained from the U.S. Veterans Administration states that by August 2004, it had awarded permanent disability compensation to almost 280,000 U.S. troops who served in the Gulf region between August 1990 and May 2004. Meanwhile, the Veterans Administration refuses to acknowledge that there is a Gulf War Illness, preferring to diagnose post-traumatic stress disorder.
 
The cause of Gulf War Illness is multi-faceted, invariably linked to depleted uranium munitions, experimental vaccinations and exposure to chemical and biological weapons. All of these factors lead back to the Western military-industrial complex controlled by the elite, whose ultimate goal is to destroy America militarily and economically. The troops who served in the first Gulf War have almost all been cycled out of the military, so the poor new recruits currently serving in Iraq and Afghanistan know little or nothing of their appalling fate. The policy seems to be to give troops a limited operational lifespan, after which they are killed or incapacitated to make way for the next round of cannon fodder. Meanwhile hundreds of billions of dollars are being bled from U.S. taxpayers to finance this destruction. As George Orwell concluded in 1984:
 
"War is a way of shattering to pieces, or pouring into the stratosphere, or sinking into the depths of the sea, materials which might otherwise be used to make the masses too comfortable..."
 
Conclusion ­ A Righteous Alliance.
 
It has by now, been well enough documented, that the doom laden events occurring worldwide were planned long ago, and that the 'blueprint' for global conquest outlined by Albert Pike appears well on course for realisation. In this series of articles, I have tried to show how through an alliance of intellect and money, the former inevitably in the service of the latter, the dark forces of Magic in the form of the Illuminati and their co conspirators, have captured all the positions of power throughout the nations of the world and are intent on driving humanity to the point of no return. But does it have to be that way?
 
The Hegelian Dialectic is literally killing us. It is the means by which we are manipulated to do their murder and their bidding. We are divided and conquered because of it. It is only by stepping out from their Dialectical Trap that we can hope to foil their plans, and finally rid the world of a malevolent force which has haunted mankind since the dawn of time.
 
As I have written in this article, for the Illuminati, the means to achieving their 'ends' is a fomented clash between the West and Islam sometime in the the near future. That is the main theme of Samuel Huntington's thesis of the 'Clash of Civilisations.' But the truth is that there should be no question of any such clash between Islam and Western civilisation, because the Judeo-Christian belief that forms the basis of Western civilisation, is in actuality in complete harmony and alliance with Islam, not in conflict with it. It is in the Luciferian Creed of the Illuminati one finds the conflict!
As people who believe in right over wrong, good over evil, and those who love God and follow His revelations, let us all rally to a common formula - 'faith.' When all good people, be they Muslim, Christian or Jew, rally together in this way; when they understand that they are friends not enemies, when they see that the real enemy is the Luciferian Illuminati, then the world will become a very different place. The fighting that has raged for ages, enmities, fears - and the 'false flag' terrorist attacks on innocent people- will then come to an end, and a new civilization based on love, respect and peace can be established upon this 'common formula.'
 
However, achieving this goal depends on our identifying the methods used by our enemies to manipulate and control us; namely, the Hegelian formula, and thereafter the promoting of secularism, thereby bringing about a decline in religious morality and decency. Once we understand this, we can begin eradicating their ideological basis. The fact that the law of the strong, which is the Satanic model, prevails throughout the world, is wholly responsible for our fraught situation, for this attitude is as a virulent contagion, and engenders a social model based only upon self-interest.
 
Even more seriously, it has replaced acceptance, love, sympathy, compassion, and cooperation with conflict, greed, and dispute. This is not man's intrinsic nature, but the result of a perverse and intensive programmed way of thinking and being, which only serves the Luciferian cause, whilst at the same time aiding our own spiritual impoverishment and material enslavement.
 
In the present environment of hardship and troubles, sincere Jews, Christians, and Muslims must be even more accepting, conciliatory, complementary, and respectful of each other. They should not forget that unity, togetherness, and cooperation will bring success, and that dispute, argument, and conflict bring nothing but division and weakness, rendering our divided efforts ineffectual in the face of the menace which confronts us. The current situation demands the immediate formation of such an alliance.
 
The Illuminati know full well that at the root of all wars, conflicts, and all forms of corruption lies man's distancing himself from the true religious moral values, and this in itself explains why they have spent so much time, money and effort in defaming and de-constructing true belief.
 
Historically, the perverse interpretations of certain insincere individuals working on behalf of the malevolent force, allegedly in the name of a religion, have influenced the mass of people who had insufficient knowledge of the true religious ethic. And this has caused them to commit acts that were totally inappropriate in terms of said religious ethic. The solidarity of believers gains ever greater importance in the face of people who believe in the necessity of solving disagreements and problems by violent means, and those who routinely persecute people with oppressive and despotic implementations.
 
Every Christian, Muslim or Jewish believer, and all those who have understanding, are obliged to do his or her utmost to struggle and strive to end the 'blight' on the lives of humanity caused by the Nexus Of Evil. It is right for those who believe in God, who try to gain His approval, who have surrendered to Him, whose hearts are bound to Him, who praise Him, and who essentially defend the same values, to act in partnership. Sincere believers should and must unite in order to live according to the moral values of their maker, and to unseat from his throne, the dark 'Lord' of disaster and carnage, so that for the first time in all of history, men and women can live the lives meant for them by God, and not the lives perverted for them by Lucifer.
 
Comments to : true_brit58@hotmail.co.uk  and http://righteousalliance.blogspot.com/  
 
 
Reference:
 
 1] http://www.historiography-project.com/jhrchives/v13/v13n3p21_benson.html  
2] http://www.terrorism-illuminati.com/node/35   
4] http://righteousalliance.blogspot.com/2009/07/new-feudalists-eu-communitarian-agenda.html  
5] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Michael_Ledeen  (See also Part 8 in this series)  
6] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Zalmay_Khalilzad  
7] http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/esp_sociopol_khazar.htm  
*Note: The term Anti Semite implies one is anti Semitic. The vast majority of 'Jews' (97%) today originate in Khazaria, not Palestine. In fact, the true Semites are to found in the Arab peoples of the Arabian Peninsula.
 
8] http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/sociopolitica/esp_sociopol_rothschild16.htm  
http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/bloodlines/rothschild.htm  
9] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Astarte http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Moloch  
 
Essential Reading :
 
The Police State Roadmap by Michael Nield http://www.policestateplanning.com/id19.htm  
 
http://www.globalresearch.ca/index.php?context=va&aid=14464  
http://www.globalresearch.ca/index.php?context=va&aid=14779  
http://www.globalresearch.ca/index.php?context=va&aid=14672  
http://www.globalresearch.ca/index.php?context=va&aid=14538  
http://www.globalresearch.ca/index.php?context=va&aid=14870  
http://www.globalresearch.ca/index.php?context=va&aid=14642